0% found this document useful (0 votes)
22 views352 pages

Fahama Chemistry 11 and 21

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1/ 352

Fahama

Cambridge Assessment International Education


Cambridge International Advanced Subsidiary and Advanced Level

CHEMISTRY 9701/11
Paper 1 Multiple Choice May/June 2019
1 hour
Additional Materials: Multiple Choice Answer Sheet
Soft clean eraser
*1984267027*

Soft pencil (type B or HB is recommended)


Data Booklet

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write in soft pencil.


Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
Write your name, centre number and candidate number on the Answer Sheet in the spaces provided
unless this has been done for you.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

There are forty questions on this paper. Answer all questions. For each question there are four possible
answers A, B, C and D.
Choose the one you consider correct and record your choice in soft pencil on the separate Answer Sheet.

Read the instructions on the Answer Sheet very carefully.

Each correct answer will score one mark. A mark will not be deducted for a wrong answer.
Any rough working should be done in this booklet.
Electronic calculators may be used.

This document consists of 14 printed pages and 2 blank pages.

IB19 06_9701_11/4RP
© UCLES 2019 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
2

Section A

For each question there are four possible answers, A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider to
be correct.

Use of the Data Booklet may be appropriate for some questions.

1 The temperature of a sample of an inert gas is increased.

What effect does this have on the number of molecules with the most probable energy and on the
number of molecules with high energy?

number of molecules with number of molecules


the most probable energy with high energy

A decreases decreases
B decreases increases
C increases decreases
D increases increases

2 A sample of element X is analysed using mass spectrometry. The mass spectrum obtained is
shown.

56%

41%

% abundance

3%

112 113 114 115 116


m/e

What is the relative atomic mass of this sample of element X?

A 113.7 B 114.0 C 114.2 D 114.4

3 A washing powder contains sodium hydrogencarbonate, NaHCO3, as one of the ingredients.

In a titration, a solution containing 1.00 g of this washing powder requires 7.15 cm3 of
0.100 mol dm–3 sulfuric acid for complete reaction. The sodium hydrogencarbonate is the only
ingredient that reacts with the acid.

What is the percentage by mass of sodium hydrogencarbonate in the washing powder?

A 3.0% B 6.0% C 12.0% D 24.0%

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/M/J/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
3

4 The outermost electron in an atom of neon occupies a particular orbital.

Which row shows the relative energy and shape of this orbital?

energy of orbital relative


shape of orbital
to other occupied orbitals

A higher or equal

B higher or equal

C lower or equal

D lower or equal

5 In which species is there a lone pair of electrons?

A CH3 B CH3+ C CH3– D CH4

6 When an evacuated tube of volume 400 cm3 is filled with gas at 300 K and 101 kPa, the mass of
the tube increases by 0.65 g.

Assume the gas behaves as an ideal gas.

What could be the identity of the gas?

A argon
B helium
C krypton
D neon

7 Under which conditions will nitrogen behave most like an ideal gas?

temperature pressure

A low high
B high low
C low low
D high high

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/M/J/19 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
4

8 Two reactions and their enthalpy changes are shown.

2C(s) + 2H2(g) → C2H4(g) ∆H o = +52.2 kJ mol–1

C2H2(g) + H2(g) → C2H4(g) ∆H o = –175.8 kJ mol–1

These data can be used to calculate the enthalpy change for the reaction shown.

2C(s) + H2(g) → C2H2(g) ∆H o = X

What is the value of X?

A –228.0 kJ mol–1
B –123.6 kJ mol–1
C +123.6 kJ mol–1
D +228.0 kJ mol–1

9 Ethanedioic acid, HO2CCO2H, can be oxidised by KMnO4 in dilute sulfuric acid. The products of
this reaction are carbon dioxide, water, potassium sulfate and manganese(II) sulfate.

In this reaction each ethanedioic acid molecule loses two electrons as it is oxidised. A
half-equation for this process is shown.

HO2CCO2H → 2CO2 + 2H+ + 2e–

How many water molecules are produced when five ethanedioic acid molecules are oxidised by
KMnO4 in dilute sulfuric acid?

A 5 B 8 C 10 D 16

10 Hydrogen iodide gas decomposes reversibly producing iodine vapour and hydrogen.

2HI(g) I2(g) + H2(g) ∆H = +12 kJ mol–1

The position of the equilibrium for this reaction may be altered by changing the external
conditions.

Which row correctly describes the change in position of equilibrium?

effect of increasing effect of increasing


the pressure the temperature

A moves to the right moves to the right


B moves to the right moves to the left
C no change moves to the right
D no change moves to the left

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/M/J/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
5

11 The reaction between sulfur dioxide and oxygen is reversible.

2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) Kc = 280 mol–1 dm3 at 1000 K

In an equilibrium mixture at 1000 K the sulfur trioxide concentration is 6.00 mol dm–3.

The sulfur dioxide concentration is twice the oxygen concentration.

What is the sulfur dioxide concentration?

A 0.175 mol dm–3


B 0.254 mol dm–3
C 0.318 mol dm–3
D 0.636 mol dm–3

12 1.15 g of a metallic element needs 300 cm3 of oxygen for complete reaction, under room
conditions, to form an oxide which contains O2– ions.

What could be the identity of this metallic element?

A calcium
B magnesium
C potassium
D sodium

13 The relative melting points of four consecutive elements in the Periodic Table are shown in the
graph.

The elements all have proton numbers less than 20.

Which element is in Group 16?

melting
point / K

B C
273
D
proton number

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/M/J/19 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
6

14 Substance X reacts with water. A gas is given off and the pH of the solution increases. The
solution is then reacted with sulfuric acid and a white precipitate forms.

What could be substance X?

A barium
B barium oxide
C magnesium
D magnesium oxide

15 Solutions of 0.1 mol dm–3 Mg(NO3)2 and 0.1 mol dm–3 Ba(NO3)2 separately undergo a series of
reactions using pure reagents.

sodium
carbonate excess HCl (aq) excess
solution then boil NaOH(aq)
Mg(NO3)2(aq) M N P
sodium
carbonate excess HCl (aq) excess
solution then boil NaOH(aq)
Ba(NO3)2(aq) Q R S

M, N and P are magnesium compounds.

Q, R and S are barium compounds.

How many of M, N, P, Q, R and S are white precipitates?

A 2 B 3 C 4 D 5

16 Concentrated sulfuric acid is added to separate solid samples of sodium chloride, sodium
bromide and sodium iodide.

With which samples does sulfuric acid act as an oxidising agent?

A sodium chloride only


B sodium chloride and sodium bromide
C sodium bromide and sodium iodide
D sodium iodide only

17 The reaction of bromine with warm NaOH(aq) produces products with the same oxidation
numbers, in the same ratios, as the reaction of chlorine with hot NaOH(aq).

In one reaction between bromine and warm NaOH(aq), 30.2 g of a product containing sodium,
bromine and oxygen is produced.

Which mass of NaOH has reacted?

A 8.00 g B 10.2 g C 20.3 g D 48.0 g

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/M/J/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
7

18 At 550 °C nitrogen dioxide reacts with unburnt hydrocarbon fragments such as CH3 in the
catalytic converter of a motor vehicle.

4CH3 + 7NO2 → 3 21 N2 + 4CO2 + 6H2O

Which row gives the energy change for this reaction and a possible reason for it?

energy change reason why the reaction is endothermic


of reaction or exothermic

A endothermic chemical energy is converted to heat energy


B endothermic the N≡N bond energy is very high
C exothermic CO2 and H2O have negative values
D exothermic double bonds are broken in NO2

19 Which statement is correct?

A Ammonia reacts with alkalis to form the ammonium ion.


B Ammonium chloride contains ionic, covalent and co-ordinate bonds.
C The ammonium ion reacts with acids to produce ammonia.

D The bond angle in the ammonium ion is approximately 107°.

20 The diagrams show two different compounds.

O O

1 2

What is

● the total number of structural isomers, including compound 2, that could be formed
by adding a second methyl group to the ring of compound 1,

● the number of π electrons in each compound?

number of number of
isomers π electrons

A 3 2
B 3 4
C 5 2
D 5 4

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/M/J/19 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
8

21 Which compound has the molecular formula C6H10O?

A B C D
O
O
O
OH

22 What is the structural formula of the major product when hydrogen bromide reacts with
2-methylbut-2-ene?

A CH2BrCH(CH3)CH2CH3
B (CH3)2CBrCH2CH3
C (CH3)2CHCHBrCH3
D (CH3)2CHCH2CH2Br

23 Which reaction is most likely to involve the formation of a positively charged intermediate?

A 1-bromopentane and warm dilute NaOH(aq)


B 1-bromo-2,2-dimethylpropane and warm dilute NaOH(aq)
C 1-bromo-3-methylbutane and warm dilute NaOH(aq)
D 2-bromo-2-methylbutane and warm dilute NaOH(aq)

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/M/J/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
9

24 The infra-red spectrum of a substance with empirical formula C2H4O is shown.

100

transmittance
50

Y
0
4000 3000 2000 1500 1000 500
–1
wavenumber / cm

Which bonds are responsible for peak X and peak Y?

peak X peak Y

A C–H C=C
B C–H C=O
C O–H C=C
D O–H C=O

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/M/J/19 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
10

25 The structure of coniine is shown.

coniine

N CH2CH2CH3
H

Coniine can be synthesised by reacting ammonia with a dibromo compound, X.

NH3 + C8H16Br2 → coniine + 2HBr


X

What is the name of compound X?

A 1,1-dibromo-2-propylcyclopentane
B 1,2-dibromo-2-propylcyclopentane
C 1,4-dibromooctane
D 1,5-dibromooctane

26 Structural isomerism and stereoisomerism should be considered when answering this question.

3-methylhexan-3-ol reacts with hot, concentrated sulfuric acid to form several isomeric
compounds with the molecular formula C7H14.

3-methylhexan-3-ol

HO

How many isomeric compounds could be formed in this reaction?

A 3 B 4 C 5 D 6

27 An organic compound T undergoes the following reactions.

● T is oxidised by hot, acidified potassium manganate(VII).

● T reacts with sodium to give hydrogen.

What could be compound T?

A CH3CH2CH(OH)CH3
B CH3CH2CH2CHO
C (CH3)3COH
D CH3CH2COCH3

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/M/J/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
11

28 Compound X is treated with two reagents successively, forming compound Z.

CHO a mild
oxidising
agent NaBH4
Y Z

COCH3

What could be Z?

A B C D

CO2H CH2OH CH2OH CO2H

CH(OH)CH3 CH(OH)CH3 CH(OH)CH3 CH(OH)CH3

29 Which reagent may be used to distinguish between propanone and ethanol?

A 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine
B bromine water
C Fehling’s reagent
D Tollens’ reagent

30 Which compound is chiral?

A 1-chloro-3-methylbutane
B 2-chloro-2-methylbutane
C 2-chloro-3-methylbutane
D 3-chloropentane

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/M/J/19 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
12

Section B

For each of the questions in this section, one or more of the three numbered statements 1 to 3 may
be correct.

Decide whether each of the statements is or is not correct (you may find it helpful to put a tick against
the statements that you consider to be correct).

The responses A to D should be selected on the basis of

A B C D

1, 2 and 3 1 and 2 2 and 3 1 only


are only are only are is
correct correct correct correct

No other combination of statements is used as a correct response.

Use of the Data Booklet may be appropriate for some questions.

31 An atom of calcium-48 can form a 2+ ion.

Which statements about this ion are correct?

1 It has 20 protons.
2 It has 28 neutrons.
3 It has 22 electrons.

32 Four elements, W, X, Y and Z, have electronic configurations as shown.

W X Y Z

2,4 2,6 2,8,2 2,8,8,1

Which formulae represent compounds that have boiling points below room temperature?

1 WX2
2 YX
3 Z2X

33 Which statements about enthalpy changes are correct?

1 The enthalpy change of atomisation is always positive.


2 The enthalpy change when a C–C bond is broken is positive.
3 The enthalpy change of neutralisation of a weak acid is always negative.

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/M/J/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
13

34 Vanadium and pepsin can both act as catalysts. Vanadium is a metal. Pepsin is an enzyme.

Which statements are correct for both vanadium and pepsin?

1 They will speed up any chemical reaction.


2 They can lower the activation energy for a reaction.
3 They are not used up when they act as catalysts.

35 Which oxides, when placed in cold water for one day, will react with the water?

1 MgO
2 Al 2O3
3 SiO2

36 A mixture of magnesium carbonate and magnesium nitrate is heated strongly in a hard-glass


test-tube.

Which gases are formed?

1 carbon dioxide
2 nitrogen dioxide
3 oxygen

37 Which statements about poly(alkene)s are correct?

1 Poly(alkene)s do not react with Br2(aq) in the dark.

2 Disposal of poly(alkene)s by combustion can produce harmful products.

3 Poly(alkene)s do not readily biodegrade.

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/M/J/19 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
14

The responses A to D should be selected on the basis of

A B C D

1, 2 and 3 1 and 2 2 and 3 1 only


are only are only are is
correct correct correct correct

No other combination of statements is used as a correct response.

38 Compound Y

● reacts with alkaline aqueous iodine to form a yellow precipitate

● changes the colour of warm, acidified potassium dichromate(VI) solution.

What could be compound Y?

OH
1

O
2
H

3
O

39 Carboxylic acids can be made by several different reactions.

Which statements are correct?

1 The acid hydrolysis of CH3CH2CN will make ethanoic acid.


2 The oxidation of CH3CH2CH2CH2OH will make butanoic acid.
3 The oxidation of CH3CH2CHO will make propanoic acid.

40 Carboxylic acids react with alcohols to produce esters.

Carboxylic acid X forms one ester only with molecular formula C5H10O2.

What could X be?

1 ethanoic acid
2 propanoic acid
3 butanoic acid

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/M/J/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
15

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/M/J/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/M/J/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama

Cambridge Assessment International Education


Cambridge International Advanced Subsidiary and Advanced Level
*6036196388*

CHEMISTRY 9701/21
Paper 2 AS Level Structured Questions May/June 2019
 1 hour 15 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Data Booklet

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.
A Data Booklet is provided.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

This document consists of 10 printed pages and 2 blank pages.

IB19 06_9701_21/3RP
© UCLES 2019 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
2

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided.

1 (a) Group 2 elements share common chemical properties.

(i) Calcium reacts in cold water more quickly than magnesium because more energy is
required to remove the outer electrons in magnesium. This occurs even though calcium
atoms have a greater nuclear charge.

Explain why more energy is required to remove the outer electrons in magnesium than in
calcium.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) 0.001 mol of strontium reacts with an excess of cold water. When the reaction is complete
a colourless solution is seen.

Construct the equation for the reaction of strontium with cold water. Include state symbols.

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(iii) 0.005 mol of calcium and 0.005 mol of strontium are added separately to two beakers.
Each beaker contains 100 cm3 of cold water.
At the end of each reaction a white solid and a colourless solution are seen in both beakers.

Predict which element, calcium or strontium, produces the more alkaline solution. Explain
your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(iv) Describe one observation when magnesium carbonate is added to excess dilute sulfuric
acid.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2019 9701/21/M/J/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
3

(b) Element X is a metal. X reacts with oxygen to form a black solid oxide. The oxidation state of
X in this oxide is +2. The carbonate of X, XCO3, is a green solid. It decomposes on heating to
form the oxide and a colourless gas.

(i) From the information given, state two similarities and one difference that metal X and its
compounds have with Group 2 metals and their compounds.

similarity 1 ............................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

similarity 2 ............................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

difference 1 ..........................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................
[3]

(ii) Write the formula of the oxide of X.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) Write an equation for the reaction of XCO3 when it is heated.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

 [Total: 12]

© UCLES 2019 9701/21/M/J/19 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
4

2 Magnesium silicide, Mg2Si, is a compound made by heating magnesium with sand.

(a) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram to show the arrangement of outer electrons present in a formula
unit of Mg2Si. Assume magnesium silicide is an ionic compound.

[2]

(b) When solid Mg2Si is added to water, silane gas, SiH4, and a solution of magnesium hydroxide
are produced.

Construct the equation for this reaction. Include state symbols.

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(c) Suggest, with reference to structure and bonding, why SiH4 is a gas at room temperature.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) The table shows the electronegativity values of carbon, hydrogen and silicon.

element carbon hydrogen silicon


electronegativity 2.5 2.1 1.8

(i) C–H and Si–H bonds have weak dipoles.

Use the electronegativity values in the table to show the polarity of the C–H and Si–H
bonds.

C––H Si––H
[2]

© UCLES 2019 9701/21/M/J/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
5

(ii) Explain why methane, CH4, has no overall dipole moment.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(e) SiH4 reacts in air without heating but CH4 must be ignited before combustion occurs.

SiH4 + 2O2 SiO2 + 2H2O

CH4 + 2O2 CO2 + 2H2O

Suggest, with reference to bond energies from the Data Booklet, why SiH4 reacts in air without
heating but CH4 must be ignited.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(f) Silicon dioxide reacts with hot, concentrated sodium hydroxide.

(i) Identify the two products formed during this reaction.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) Describe the behaviour of the silicon dioxide during this reaction.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

 [Total: 15]

© UCLES 2019 9701/21/M/J/19 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
6

3 (a) Construct an equation for the second ionisation energy of argon.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) The graph shows successive ionisation energies for the element argon.

Complete the graph with predictions for the eighth and ninth ionisation energies of argon.
Use a cross (×) for each data point. [2]

50 000

45 000

40 000

35 000

30 000
ionisation
energy 25 000
/ kJ mol–1
20 000

15 000

10 000

5000

0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
number of electrons removed

(c) T
 he energy value required to remove the first electron from an atom of argon is circled on the
graph.

Sketch the shape of the orbital that contains this electron.

[1]

© UCLES 2019 9701/21/M/J/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
7

(d) Chlorine exists as a diatomic gas, Cl 2(g). A sample of Cl 2(g) was made during a chemical
reaction. When measured at 404 kPa and 25 °C the sample occupied a volume of 20.0 cm3.

(i) Calculate the mass, in grams, of Cl 2(g) formed.

For this calculation, assume that chlorine behaves as an ideal gas under these conditions.

 mass of Cl 2(g) = .............................. g [3]

(ii) Calculate the number of chlorine atoms in this sample of Cl 2(g). You may find it helpful to
use your answer to (d)(i).

If you are unable to calculate an answer to (d)(i), use 0.36 g of Cl 2. This is not the correct
answer.

 number of chlorine atoms = .............................. [2]

(iii) Cl 2(g) does not behave as an ideal gas under these conditions.

Explain why Cl 2(g) behaves even less ideally at:

● very high pressures

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

● very low temperatures.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................
[2]

 [Total: 11]

© UCLES 2019 9701/21/M/J/19 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
8

4 The structure of compound Y is shown.

Y
H H H
a b
Cl C C C

H H

(a) Give the systematic name for Y.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) Predict the values for the bond angles a and b shown in the diagram.

a ......................................

b ......................................
[2]

(c) When Y reacts with cold, dilute, acidified manganate(VII) ions, compound Z is produced.

Z
OH
Cl OH

(i) State the molecular formula of Z.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Name the type of reaction occurring when Y is converted into Z.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) Alcohols can be classified as primary, secondary or tertiary.

Identify with a tick () the alcohol group(s) present in Z.

alcohol group
present in Z
primary
secondary
tertiary
[1]

© UCLES 2019 9701/21/M/J/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
9

(d) Samples of organic compounds, A, B, C and D, are placed in unlabelled bottles.

A B C D
CH3CH2COCH3 CH3(CH2)2CHO CH3CH2OH CH3CO2H

(i) Identify all of the compound(s), A–D, that contain a carbonyl group.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) 
A–D are reacted separately with the reagents given in the table.

Complete the table to:


● identify which of the compounds, A–D, reacts with the reagents
● give an appropriate observation when a reaction occurs.

reagent compounds identified observation when a reaction occurs

Tollens’ reagent

alkaline solution of iodine

sodium metal

[8]

 [Total: 15]

© UCLES 2019 9701/21/M/J/19 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
10

5 Ethanal reacts with a mixture of HCN and NaCN to make 2-hydroxypropanenitrile, CH3CH(OH)CN.

The reaction mechanism is nucleophilic addition.

(a) Explain the meaning of the term nucleophile and identify the species which acts as the
nucleophile during this reaction.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

species acting as nucleophile .....................................................................................................


[2]

(b) CH3CH(OH)CN exists as a pair of stereoisomers.

(i) Name the type of stereoisomerism shown by CH3CH(OH)CN.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Draw three-dimensional diagrams of this pair of stereoisomers.

Indicate with an asterisk (*) the chiral centre on one of the structures drawn.

[3]

(c) 
Give the structure of the organic product of the reaction of CH3CH(OH)CN with dilute
sulfuric acid.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

 [Total: 7]

© UCLES 2019 9701/21/M/J/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2019 9701/21/M/J/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2019 9701/21/M/J/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama

Cambridge Assessment International Education


Cambridge International Advanced Subsidiary and Advanced Level

CHEMISTRY 9701/11
Paper 1 Multiple Choice October/November 2019
1 hour
Additional Materials: Multiple Choice Answer Sheet
Soft clean eraser
*4189419532*

Soft pencil (type B or HB is recommended)


Data Booklet

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write in soft pencil.


Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
Write your name, centre number and candidate number on the Answer Sheet in the spaces provided
unless this has been done for you.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

There are forty questions on this paper. Answer all questions. For each question there are four possible
answers A, B, C and D.
Choose the one you consider correct and record your choice in soft pencil on the separate Answer Sheet.

Read the instructions on the Answer Sheet very carefully.

Each correct answer will score one mark. A mark will not be deducted for a wrong answer.
Any rough working should be done in this booklet.
Electronic calculators may be used.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

IB19 11_9701_11/FP
© UCLES 2019 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
2

Section A

For each question there are four possible answers, A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider to
be correct.

Use of the Data Booklet may be appropriate for some questions.

1 The diagram shows the Boltzmann distribution of energies in a gas. The gas undergoes a
reaction with an activation energy, Ea. The peak of the distribution is labelled P.

proportion of
molecules with
energy E

0
0 Ea
molecular energy, E

If the same reaction is carried out in the presence of a catalyst, which statement is correct?

A The peak P is at a lower height and the position of Ea moves to the left.
B The peak P is at a lower height and the position of Ea moves to the right.
C The peak P remains at the same height and the position of Ea moves to the left.
D The peak P remains at the same height and the position of Ea moves to the right.

2 Diamond is a pure form of carbon. The mass of a diamond can be measured in carats. One carat
is 0.200 g of carbon.

Which expression gives the number of carats that contain 6.02 × 1023 carbon atoms?

A 0.200 × 12.0

B 0.200
12.0

C 12.0
0.200
0.200
D × 12.0
6.02 × 1023

3 Which molecule or ion contains the smallest bond angle?

A C2 H 4 B CH3COCH3 C NH4+ D NH3

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/O/N/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
3

4 Four compounds are shown.

C2H4 C2H5OH CH3CHO CH3CO2H

How many of these compounds have an odd number of σ bonds?

A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4

5 Ethanal, CH3CHO, ethanol, C2H5OH, and methoxymethane, CH3OCH3, are three organic
compounds.

Which compound has the highest boiling point and what is the interaction that causes this boiling
point to be the highest?

highest boiling point interaction

A methoxymethane permanent dipole-dipole forces


B ethanal hydrogen bonds
C ethanol hydrogen bonds
D ethanal permanent dipole-dipole forces

6 What is the oxidation number of sulfur in each species?

H2S SO2 H2SO3

A –2 +4 +4
B –2 +4 +6
C +2 –4 +4
D +2 –4 +6

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/O/N/19 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
4

7 The following data are needed for this question.

(N2H4(l)) = 50.6 kJ mol–1


(N2O4(g)) = 9.2 kJ mol–1
(H2O(g)) = –241.8 kJ mol–1

Hydrazine, N2H4(l), reacts with dinitrogen tetraoxide, N2O4(g), to form nitrogen gas and water
vapour.

2N2H4(l) + N2O4(g) → 3N2(g) + 4H2O(g)

What is the enthalpy change for this reaction?

A –1077.6 kJ mol–1
B –856.8 kJ mol–1
C –301.6 kJ mol–1
D –182.0 kJ mol–1

8 Sodium burns in oxygen giving out heat energy and forming the compound Na2O. The equation
for this reaction is shown.

2Na(s) + 1
2
O2(g) → Na2O(s)

Which statement about the reaction is correct?

A ∆H o for the reaction is equal to twice the bond energy of the Na–O bond.

B ∆H o for the reaction is positive.


C The equation represents the standard enthalpy change of combustion of sodium.
D The equation represents the standard enthalpy change of formation of sodium oxide.

9 In the chemical equation, w, x, y and z are all whole numbers.

wCl O3– + xMnO4– + yH+ → wCl O4– + xMnO2 + zH2O

When the equation is balanced, what are w, x and y?

w x y

A 1 1 2
B 2 2 2
C 2 3 8
D 3 2 2

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/O/N/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
5

10 Two compounds X and Y react to produce compound Z. The reaction is reversible.

X + Y Z

When X and Y are mixed together in a closed system a dynamic equilibrium is gradually
established.

Which graph could represent the change in the rates of the forward and reverse reactions over
time?

A B
key
rate of
forward
rate rate reaction

rate of
reverse
reaction
0 time 0 time

C D

rate rate

0 time 0 time

11 The reaction between sulfur dioxide and oxygen is reversible.

2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) Kc = 280 mol–1 dm3 at 1000 K

In an equilibrium mixture at 1000 K the sulfur dioxide concentration is 0.200 mol dm–3 and the
oxygen concentration is 0.100 mol dm–3.

What is the sulfur trioxide concentration?

A 1.058 mol dm–3


B 1.120 mol dm–3
C 2.366 mol dm–3
D 5.600 mol dm–3

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/O/N/19 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
6

12 Which oxide will cause an increase in pH when added to water?

A MgO B Al 2O3 C SiO2 D SO2

13 X, Y and Z are consecutive elements in Period 3 of the Periodic Table. Element Y has the highest
first ionisation energy and the lowest melting point of these three elements.

What are the identities of X, Y and Z?

X Y Z

A Na Mg Al
B Mg Al Si
C Al Si P
D Si P S

14 A 5.00 g sample of an anhydrous Group 2 metal nitrate loses 3.29 g in mass when heated
strongly.

Which metal is present?

A magnesium
B calcium
C strontium
D barium

15 Solutions P and Q each contain a different Group 2 ion at the same concentration. One contains
Mg2+, the other contains Ba2+. Tests are carried out on separate 5 cm3 samples of P and Q.

test 1: add 1 cm3 of 0.1 mol dm–3 Na2SO4(aq)

test 2: add 1 cm3 of 0.1 mol dm–3 NaOH(aq)

What are the results of these tests?

results in test 1 results in test 2

A more precipitate with Ba2+ more precipitate with Ba2+


B more precipitate with Ba2+ more precipitate with Mg2+
C more precipitate with Mg2+ more precipitate with Ba2+
D more precipitate with Mg2+ more precipitate with Mg2+

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/O/N/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
7

16 Chlorine and bromine have different volatilities.

Which row identifies the more volatile of the two elements, and gives the correct explanation?

identity of the explanation for the


more volatile element difference in volatility
A bromine instantaneous dipole-induced dipole forces
are greater in bromine than they are in chlorine
B bromine instantaneous dipole-induced dipole forces
are greater in chlorine than they are in bromine
C chlorine instantaneous dipole-induced dipole forces
are greater in bromine than they are in chlorine
D chlorine instantaneous dipole-induced dipole forces
are greater in chlorine than they are in bromine

17 Sodium azide, NaN3, is dissolved in water. Acidified silver nitrate is added to the solution and a
white precipitate forms. Aqueous ammonia is then added to the white precipitate.

The azide ion, N3–, has similar chemical properties to the Cl – ion.

Which row of the table can be predicted from this information?

formula of observation on adding


white precipitate aqueous ammonia

A AgN3 colourless solution formed


B AgN3 precipitate remains
C Ag3N colourless solution formed
D Ag3N precipitate remains

18 Which type of reaction occurs when solid ammonium sulfate is heated with an excess of sodium
hydroxide solution?

A acid-base
B precipitation
C redox
D thermal decomposition

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/O/N/19 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
8

19 Catalytic converters are fitted in the exhaust systems of many cars.

Which gas:

● causes acid rain if it is released into the air


● is removed from car exhaust fumes by a catalytic converter?

A carbon dioxide
B carbon monoxide
C hydrocarbon vapour
D nitrogen dioxide

20 Which substance reacts with trichloroethene to give a chiral product?

A Br2 B HCl C NaCN D NaOH

21 Alkanes are saturated hydrocarbons.

Which type of reaction are alkanes most likely to undergo?

A electrophilic addition
B electrophilic substitution
C free radical substitution
D nucleophilic addition

22 An alkene reacts with hot, concentrated, acidified potassium manganate(VII) to produce a single
organic product as shown.

hot, concentrated, O O
acidified KMnO4(aq)
alkene
OH

What is the structure of the alkene?

A B C D

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/O/N/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
9

23 A tertiary bromoalkane, indicated here by C–Br , reacts with aqueous NaOH. The mechanism
has the reaction pathway shown.

C–Br + OH–
Y
energy

C–OH + Br –

progress of reaction

Which point in the diagram is correctly identified?

A X is C+


B X is HO C Br

C Y is C+


D Y is HO C Br

24 Bromoethane and chloroethane are added separately to water. Hydrolysis reactions occur.

Which compound hydrolyses more rapidly and what is the mechanism?

compound that
mechanism
hydrolyses more rapidly

A bromoethane electrophilic substitution


B bromoethane nucleophilic substitution
C chloroethane electrophilic substitution
D chloroethane nucleophilic substitution

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/O/N/19 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
10

25 Alcohol X is oxidised to form compound Y.

The composition of Y is 54.54% carbon, 36.36% oxygen and 9.10% hydrogen. The Mr of Y is
88.0.

What could be the structure of alcohol X?

A CH3CH2CH(OH)CH3
B CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2OH
C CH3CH2CH2CH2OH
D CH3CH2CH(OH)CH2CH3

26 The diagram shows the structure of compound Z.

Z
O O

What is the product of the reaction between compound Z and an excess of NaBH4?

A B C D
OH OH OH OH O O O OH

27 Compound Q shows the following reactions.

● It gives an orange precipitate with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine.


● It gives a red-brown precipitate with Fehling’s reagent.
● It gives a pale yellow precipitate with alkaline aqueous iodine.

What could be the identity of Q?

A ethanal
B propan-2-ol
C propanal
D propanone

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/O/N/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
11

28 Tartaric acid, HO2CCH(OH)CH(OH)CO2H, is found in many plants.

A sample of tartaric acid reacts with an excess of LiAl H4 to form the organic product J.

What happens when NaOH(aq) is added to separate samples of tartaric acid and J?

A Both tartaric acid and J react.


B Only tartaric acid reacts.
C Only J reacts.
D Neither tartaric acid nor J react.

29 When CH2(OH)CH=CHCO2H is warmed with a little concentrated sulfuric acid, a cyclic compound
is formed.

What is the skeletal formula of the cyclic compound?

A B C D

O O

O O O O

O
O O

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/O/N/19 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
12

30 The infra-red spectrum of compound P is shown.

100

transmittance
/% 50

0
4000 3000 2000 1500 1000 500
–1
wavenumber / cm

What could be compound P?

A methyl ethanoate
B propanal
C propanoic acid
D propan-2-ol

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/O/N/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
13

Section B

For each of the questions in this section, one or more of the three numbered statements 1 to 3 may
be correct.

Decide whether each of the statements is or is not correct (you may find it helpful to put a tick against
the statements that you consider to be correct).

The responses A to D should be selected on the basis of

A B C D

1, 2 and 3 1 and 2 2 and 3 1 only


are only are only are is
correct correct correct correct

No other combination of statements is used as a correct response.

Use of the Data Booklet may be appropriate for some questions.

31 A particular atom of germanium, Ge, has a nucleon number of 70.

70
Which statements about a 32 Ge atom are correct?

79 2+
1 It has the same number of electrons as a 34 Se ion.
68
2 It has the same number of neutrons as an atom of 30 Zn.
160
3 It has half as many protons as an atom of 64 Gd.

32 The first ionisation energy of chlorine is greater than that of sulfur.

Which factors contribute to this?

1 Chlorine has more protons in its nucleus than sulfur does.


2 Chlorine has greater electron shielding than sulfur does.
3 The covalent bonds in chlorine molecules are stronger than those in sulfur molecules.

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/O/N/19 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
14

The responses A to D should be selected on the basis of

A B C D

1, 2 and 3 1 and 2 2 and 3 1 only


are only are only are is
correct correct correct correct

No other combination of statements is used as a correct response.

33 Liquids X and Y do not react with one another. They have identical boiling points.

When a particular volume of X is shaken with a similar volume of Y, they form a liquid mixture Z.

The average intermolecular forces in liquid Z are stronger than the average of the forces in X and
the forces in Y.

Which deductions from this information are correct?

1 The mixing of X and Y is exothermic.


2 The vapour pressure of liquid Z will be less than that of either liquid X or liquid Y at the same
temperature.
3 The boiling point of liquid Z will be lower than that of either liquid X or liquid Y at the same
pressure.

34 The stoichiometry of a catalysed reaction is shown by the equation below.

P (g) + Q (g) R (g) + S (l)

Two experiments are carried out in which the amount of R is measured. The results are shown in
the diagram.

experiment 1
amount experiment 2
of R

0
0 time

Which changes in the conditions could explain the results shown?

1 A lower pressure was used in experiment 2.


2 A different catalyst was used in experiment 2.
3 Product S was continuously removed from the reaction vessel in experiment 2.

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/O/N/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
15

35 Which statements are correct?

1 Chloride ions are oxidised when concentrated sulfuric acid is added to NaCl (s).
2 A disproportionation reaction takes place when chlorine is added to cold NaOH(aq).
3 An acidic solution forms when chlorine is added to water.

36 Nitrogen gas is unreactive, whereas oxygen gas and chlorine gas are reactive.

Which statements help to explain this difference?

1 The two N atoms in an N2 molecule are held together by a very strong triple bond.
2 The triple bond between two N atoms is not polar. The bonds in O2 and Cl 2 are polar.
3 The atoms in N2 have a full outer shell of electrons. The atoms in O2 and Cl 2 do not have a
full outer shell of electrons.

37 The structure of tiglic acid is CH3CH=C(CH3)CO2H.

Which statements about the properties of one molecule of this acid are correct?

1 It contains two π bonds.


2 It contains four lone pairs of electrons.
3 It has all its atoms in the same plane.

38 Which compounds, on heating with an excess of concentrated sulfuric acid, produce only one
product with molecular formula C7H10?

1 2 3

OH
OH

OH

OH OH OH

39 Hydrogen cyanide reacts with propanone in the presence of potassium cyanide.

Which statements about this reaction are correct?

1 The cyanide ion is a catalyst for the reaction.

2 This is an addition reaction.

3 The intermediate behaves as a base.

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/O/N/19 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
16

The responses A to D should be selected on the basis of

A B C D

1, 2 and 3 1 and 2 2 and 3 1 only


are only are only are is
correct correct correct correct

No other combination of statements is used as a correct response.

40 Which compounds produce three different organic products when hydrolysed?

1 2 3

O O
O O
O O O
O
O O
O O

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2019 9701/11/O/N/19


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama

Cambridge Assessment International Education


Cambridge International Advanced Subsidiary and Advanced Level
*0256416902*

CHEMISTRY 9701/21
Paper 2 AS Level Structured Questions October/November 2019
 1 hour 15 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Data Booklet

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.
A Data Booklet is provided.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

This document consists of 11 printed pages and 1 blank page.

IB19 11_9701_21/FP
© UCLES 2019 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
2

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided.

1 (a) Chlorine can be prepared using the following reaction.

MnO2(s) + 4HCl (aq) MnCl 2(aq) + 2H2O(l) + Cl 2(g)

(i) Explain why MnO2(s) is described as an oxidising agent in this reaction.

Refer to oxidation numbers in your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) State what you would observe during this reaction.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(b) The halogens chlorine, bromine and iodine are all volatile elements.

State and explain the trend in volatility down Group 17.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

(c) Chlorine undergoes disproportionation during many chemical reactions.

(i) Write an equation for the reaction of chlorine with cold aqueous sodium hydroxide, NaOH.

Explain why it is a disproportionation reaction.

equation ...............................................................................................................................

explanation ..........................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................
[2]

(ii) One of the products of the reaction of chlorine with hot aqueous sodium hydroxide differs
from those in (c)(i).

Identify the compound that is formed in this reaction that is different from that formed in the
reaction in (c)(i).

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2019 9701/21/O/N/19

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
3

(d) State and explain the use of chlorine in water purification.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(e) Under certain conditions, chlorine undergoes a free-radical substitution reaction with ethane.

(i) State the conditions required to initiate this reaction.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Write the overall equation for this free-radical substitution reaction.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

 [Total: 12]

© UCLES 2019 9701/21/O/N/19 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
4

2 (a) Complete the table to give details of the type of bonding and structure shown by some of the
oxides of Period 3 elements.

Na2O MgO Al 2O3 SiO2 SO3

boiling point / °C 1275 3670 2977 2950 45

nature of oxide basic basic amphoteric acidic acidic

bonding

structure

[2]

(b) (i) Explain why the boiling point of SiO2 is much higher than the boiling point of SO3.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [3]

(ii) Al 2O3 is an amphoteric oxide.

Explain what is meant by the term amphoteric. Use chemical equations to illustrate your
answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [3]

(iii) State what you would observe when a small sample of Na2O is placed in water.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2019 9701/21/O/N/19

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
5

(c) Selenium is a Group 16 element which shows similar chemical reactions to sulfur.

(i) Selenium reacts with fluorine to form SeF6 molecules.

Predict the shape of a molecule of SeF6.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) The most stable oxide of selenium is SeO2.

Gaseous SeO2 reacts to form a solid polymer, as shown. In the reaction one Se=O is
replaced by two Se–O to form a polymer.

O O

Se Se ΔH = –346 kJ mol–1
O O

The bond enthalpy of Se=O is 514 kJ mol–1.

Use these data to calculate the bond enthalpy, in kJ mol–1, of Se–O.

 bond enthalpy of Se–O = .............................. kJ mol–1


[2]

(iii) SeO2 shows similar chemical reactions to SO2.

Suggest an equation to show the reaction of SeO2 with aqueous sodium hydroxide, NaOH.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

 [Total: 13]

© UCLES 2019 9701/21/O/N/19 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
6

3 Crude oil is a natural source of hydrocarbons that are used as fuels.

(a) Hydrocarbons with low relative molecular mass, Mr, are used as fuels in industry, in the home
and for transport.

There is a high demand for the hydrocarbons with low Mr.

(i) Name the process by which long-chain hydrocarbons are broken down into shorter-chain
hydrocarbons.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Give one reason why hydrocarbons with low Mr are suitable for use as fuels.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) 
Incomplete combustion of hydrocarbons can release carbon monoxide, CO, into the
atmosphere.

Write an equation for the formation of CO from the incomplete combustion of butene,
C4H8.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iv) Identify an analytical technique that can be used to monitor the levels of CO in the
atmosphere.

Outline how this analytical technique may be used to monitor the levels of CO.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(b) Thiophene, C4H4S(l), is an organic compound that is found as a contaminant in crude oil.

(i) Construct the equation for the complete combustion of thiophene, C4H4S(l).

Include state symbols in your answer.

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) A student carries out an experiment to determine the enthalpy change of combustion of
C4H4S(l).

Explain the meaning of the term enthalpy change of combustion.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2019 9701/21/O/N/19

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
7

(iii) The student uses the following apparatus in the experiment.

thermometer

copper container

water

fuel burner
containing C4H4S(l)

mass of water in copper container / g 200


initial temperature of water / °C 18.5
highest temperature of water / °C 37.5

Calculate the heat energy released, in J, by the reaction.

Assume that 4.18 J of heat energy changes the temperature of 1.0 cm3 of water by 1.0 °C.

Assume no heat is lost to the surroundings.

 heat energy released = .............................. J


[2]

(iv) The student used 0.63 g of C4H4S(l) in the experiment.

Calculate the enthalpy change of combustion of thiophene, ΔHc(C4H4S(l)). Include a sign


in your answer.

 ΔHc(C4H4S(l)) = ............................... kJ mol–1


[2]

 [Total: 13]

© UCLES 2019 9701/21/O/N/19 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
8

4 (CH3)3CCHO is used in the synthesis of some antibiotics.

(a) (i) Give the name of (CH3)3CCHO.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) State the hybridisation of the carbon atom labelled with an asterisk, *.

CH3 O
H 3C C C*

CH3 H

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(b) Two reaction sequences are shown.

CH3 O
NaBH4
H 3C C C S
reaction 3
CH3 H

[O] reaction 1
U

A
T O
(CH3)3CCO2H
reaction 2
O

(i) Reaction 1 is an oxidation reaction.

Identify the reagent(s) and conditions for reaction 1.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2019 9701/21/O/N/19

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
9

(ii) 
A, (CH3)3CCO2H, is a solid at room temperature.

B, CH3CO2(CH2)2CH3, is an isomer of A. B is a liquid at room temperature.




Explain the difference in the physical states of A and B, with reference to any intermolecular
forces that may exist.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [3]

(iii) Give the balanced equation for the reaction of (CH3)3CCHO with NaBH4 to form S.

Use [H] to represent an atom of hydrogen provided by NaBH4.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iv) Draw the structure of the organic molecule T that reacts with A, (CH3)3CCO2H, in reaction 2,
to form U.

Suggest a catalyst for reaction 2.

catalyst ................................................................................................................................
[2]

© UCLES 2019 9701/21/O/N/19 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
10

(c) 
X, Y and Z are all isomers of (CH3)3CCHO.

A summary of some of the reactions and properties of X, Y and Z is shown in the table.

observations with principal absorptions


compound observations with 2,4-DNPH
Fehling’s solution in infra-red spectrum

X no reaction 1715 cm–1

Y red precipitate 1730 cm–1

3200–3600 cm–1
Z no reaction no reaction 1630 cm–1
1050 cm–1

(i) 
X and Y each contains a carbonyl group.

Complete the table with the expected observations for the reactions of X and Y with
2,4‑DNPH.[1]

(ii) Identify the functional group present in Y that causes the recorded observation with
Fehling’s solution.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) 
Y has a chiral centre and exists as a pair of optical isomers.

State what is meant by the term chiral centre.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iv) Draw the optical isomers of Y using the conventional three-dimensional representation.

[2]

© UCLES 2019 9701/21/O/N/19

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
11

Z, C5H10O, has a branched carbon chain. It shows geometrical isomerism.




(v) Complete the table with the bond responsible for each of the principal absorptions seen in
the infra-red spectrum of Z.

principal absorptions
bond responsible
in infra-red spectrum

3200–3600 cm–1

1630 cm–1

1050 cm–1
[1]

(vi) Draw the skeletal formula of Z.

[3]

(vii) 
X contains a carbonyl group. X reacts with HCN, in the presence of a small amount of
NaCN, to form (C2H5)2C(OH)CN as shown.

X + HCN (C2H5)2C(OH)CN

Draw the mechanism of the reaction of X with HCN.

●  raw the structure of X and the intermediate.


D
● Include all charges, partial charges, lone pairs and curly arrows.

C2 H 5
HO
C
NC
C2 H 5

[3]

(viii) State the role of NaCN in the reaction in (c)(vii).

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

 [Total: 22]

© UCLES 2019 9701/21/O/N/19 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2019 9701/21/O/N/19

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama

Cambridge International AS & A Level

CHEMISTRY 9701/11
Paper 1 Multiple Choice May/June 2020
1 hour

You must answer on the multiple choice answer sheet.


*6841780614*

You will need: Multiple choice answer sheet


Soft clean eraser
Soft pencil (type B or HB is recommended)
Data booklet

INSTRUCTIONS
• There are forty questions on this paper. Answer all questions.
• For each question there are four possible answers A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider correct
and record your choice in soft pencil on the multiple choice answer sheet.
• Follow the instructions on the multiple choice answer sheet.
• Write in soft pencil.
• Write your name, centre number and candidate number on the multiple choice answer sheet in the
spaces provided unless this has been done for you.
• Do not use correction fluid.
• Do not write on any bar codes.
• You may use a calculator.

INFORMATION
• The total mark for this paper is 40.
• Each correct answer will score one mark. A mark will not be deducted for a wrong answer.
• Any rough working should be done on this question paper.

This document has 16 pages. Blank pages are indicated.

IB20 06_9701_11/3RP
© UCLES 2020 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
2

Section A

For each question there are four possible answers A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider to be
correct.

Use of the Data Booklet may be appropriate for some questions.

1 Ethene can be oxidised to form epoxyethane, C2H4O.

C2H4(g) + 1
O (g)
2 2
C2H4O(g) ∆H o = –107 kJ mol–1

Which set of conditions gives the greatest yield of epoxyethane at equilibrium?

temperature
pressure
/ °C

A high 100
B high 200
C low 100
D low 200

2 Cobalt can form the positive ion Co(NH3)4Cl 2+.

What is the oxidation number of cobalt in this ion?

A +1 B +2 C +3 D +6

3 When considering one molecule of ethene, which row describes both the hybridisation of the
atomic orbitals in the carbon atoms and the overall bonding?

hybridisation bonding

A sp2 4 σ bonds 1 π bond


B sp2 5 σ bonds 1 π bond
C sp3 4 σ bonds 1 π bond
D sp3 5 σ bonds 1 π bond

4 10 cm3 of ethane is burned in 45 cm3 of oxygen at a pressure of 101 kPa and a temperature of
200 °C. Complete combustion takes place.

What is the total volume of gas present when the reaction is complete, measured under the same
conditions?

A 30 cm3 B 50 cm3 C 55 cm3 D 60 cm3

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/M/J/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
3

5 Two reactions are shown.

H2(g) → 2H(g)

CO(g) + 1
O (g)
2 2
→ CO2(g)

If molar amounts are used, how can the two energy changes associated with these reactions be
described?

A enthalpy of atomisation and enthalpy of combustion


B enthalpy of atomisation and enthalpy of formation
C bond energy and enthalpy of combustion
D bond energy and enthalpy of formation

6 The diagram shows the Boltzmann energy distribution curves for molecules of a sample of a gas
at two different temperatures.

Which letter on the axes represents the most probable energy for molecules of the same sample
of gas at the lower temperature?

C D

7 What are the units of Kp for the reaction shown?

H2O(g) + C(s) H2(g) + CO(g)

A Pa–1 B Pa C Pa2 D no units

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/M/J/20 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
4

8 In this question you should use changes in oxidation numbers to balance a chemical equation.

Acidified potassium dichromate(VI) solution can oxidise a solution of V2+ ions. The equation for
this reaction is shown.

a Cr2O72– + b V2+ + c H+ → d Cr3+ + e VO3– + f H2O

What is the ratio a : b in the correctly balanced equation?

A 1:1 B 1:2 C 2:1 D 4:1

9 A sample of argon gas has a mass of 0.20 g, at a pressure of 100 000 Pa and a temperature of
12 °C.

Which volume does the gas occupy?

A 1.2 × 10–4 cm3


B 5.0 cm3
C 59 cm3
D 119 cm3

10 In which pair does each species have the same number of unpaired electrons?

A Al and Cu2+
B Ca and Cr3+
C Ca and Ni2+
D Fe3+ and O2–

11 A sample of solid ammonium chloride decomposes on heating.

solid ammonium chloride → ammonia gas + hydrogen chloride gas

A total of 2.4 × 1021 molecules of gas is formed.

How many hydrogen atoms are present in the gaseous products?

A 1.2 × 1021 B 2.4 × 1021 C 4.8 × 1021 D 9.6 × 1021

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/M/J/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
5

12 A white powder is a mixture of sodium chloride and sodium iodide. It is dissolved in water in a
test-tube. An excess of aqueous silver nitrate is added to the test-tube. A precipitate, X, is
observed.

An excess of concentrated ammonia is then added to the test-tube containing X. After the
test-tube has been shaken, a precipitate, Y, is observed.

Which statement about X or Y is correct?

A X is a pure white colour.


B X is pure silver iodide.
C Y is pure silver chloride.
D Y is yellow.

13 6.90 g of an ammonium salt is heated with an excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide. The volume
of ammonia produced, measured under room conditions, is 2.51 dm3.

Which ammonium salt is used?

A ammonium carbonate (Mr = 96.0)


B ammonium chloride (Mr = 53.5)
C ammonium nitrate (Mr = 80.0)
D ammonium sulfate (Mr = 132.1)

14 An excess of MgO is shaken with water. The resulting mixture is filtered into test-tube P.

An excess of BaO is shaken with water. The resulting mixture is filtered into test-tube Q.

Which oxide reacts more readily with water and which filtrate has the lower pH?

oxide reacts more test-tube with


readily with water filtrate of lower pH

A BaO P
B BaO Q
C MgO P
D MgO Q

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/M/J/20 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
6

15 Element Z has a giant structure.

The chloride of Z reacts with water to give a solution with a pH less than 5.

Which pair shows two elements which could be Z?

A aluminium, magnesium
B aluminium, silicon
C phosphorus, magnesium
D phosphorus, silicon

16 Sodium, aluminium and silicon are three elements in Period 3. Each element forms an oxide.

Which row has three correct properties of these oxides?

sodium oxide aluminium oxide silicon dioxide

A basic basic amphoteric


B giant ionic giant ionic simple molecular
C high melting point low melting point high melting point
D reacts with water no reaction with water no reaction with water

17 0.25 g of anhydrous magnesium nitrate is heated strongly until it completely decomposes.

What is the total volume of gas produced, measured under room conditions?

A 40 cm3 B 81 cm3 C 101 cm3 D 202 cm3

18 Astatine, At, is below iodine in Group 17 of the Periodic Table.

Which statement is most likely to be correct?

A AgAt(s) reacts with an excess of dilute aqueous ammonia to form a solution of a soluble
complex.
B Astatine and KCl (aq) react to form KAt(aq) and chlorine.
C KAt(aq) and dilute sulfuric acid react to form HAt(g).
D NaAt(s) and concentrated sulfuric acid react to form astatine.

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/M/J/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
7

19 What is the order of increasing melting point of the three chlorides shown?

CCl 4 MgCl 2 PCl 5

lowest highest
melting point melting point

A CCl 4 PCl 5 MgCl 2


B MgCl 2 CCl 4 PCl 5
C MgCl 2 PCl 5 CCl 4
D PCl 5 CCl 4 MgCl 2

20 The skeletal formula of compound X is shown.

Which row is correct?

observation on
molecular
addition of X to
formula of X
Fehling’s reagent

A C7H14O no change
B C7H14O red precipitate forms
C C7H16O no change
D C7H16O red precipitate forms

21 Which statement is correct?

A 2,2-dimethylpropanoic acid is an isomer of propyl methanoate.


B 2-methylbutan-2-ol is an isomer of hexan-3-ol.
C 3-methylbutan-2-one is an isomer of pentanal.
D 3,3-dimethylbutan-2-one is an isomer of pentan-3-one.

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/M/J/20 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
8

22 But-1-ene and but-2-ene are treated separately with cold, dilute acidified manganate(VII) ions.

Four students, W, X, Y and Z, make statements about these alkenes and the diols formed from
them.

W One diol contains two primary alcohol groups.


X One diol contains a primary and a secondary alcohol group.
Y One diol contains two secondary alcohol groups.
Z Both alkenes exhibit cis-trans isomerism.

Which two students are correct?

A W and Y B W and Z C X and Y D X and Z

23 2-bromo-2-methylpentane is a tertiary halogenoalkane.

Which organic products are formed when 2-bromo-2-methylpentane reacts with a hot
concentrated ethanolic solution of sodium hydroxide?

A 2-methylpent-1-ene only
B 2-methylpent-1-ene and 2-methylpent-2-ene
C 2-methylpent-2-ene only
D 2-methylpent-2-ene and 4-methylpent-2-ene

24 Poly(propene) is an addition polymer.

What are the C–C–C bond angles along its polymer chain?

A They are all 109°.

B Half of them are 109° and half are 120°.

C Half of them are 90° and half are 180°.

D They are all 120°.

25 An alcohol has the molecular formula C5H12O. It has several isomers.

Which isomer forms a yellow precipitate with alkaline aqueous iodine?

A 2,2-dimethylpropan-1-ol
B 2-methylbutan-2-ol
C 3-methylbutan-2-ol
D pentan-3-ol

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/M/J/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
9

26 When compound X is heated under reflux with aqueous sodium hydroxide solution two products
are formed: sodium ethanoate and hexan-1-ol.

What is compound X?

A B C D

O O
O O O O
O O

27 What is the major product Z of the following reaction?

an excess of
dry HBr
Z
warm

A B C D

Br Br
Br Br

Br Br
Br Br

28 The structure of compound Q is shown.

compound Q

How many chiral centres are present in a molecule of Q?

A 4 B 5 C 6 D 7

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/M/J/20 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
10

29 Compound X has the infra-red spectrum shown.

100

transmittance / %
50

0
4000 3000 2000 1500 1000 500
wavenumber / cm–1

What could be the identity of compound X?

A ethanoic acid
B ethanol
C ethylethanoate
D propanone

30 Which reaction produces an organic anion with a good yield?

A heating ethanenitrile under reflux with dilute sodium hydroxide


B heating ethanenitrile under reflux with dilute sulfuric acid
C heating ethane with sodium metal
D heating ethanol under reflux with dilute sodium hydroxide

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/M/J/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
11

Section B

For each of the questions in this section, one or more of the three numbered statements 1 to 3 may
be correct.

Decide whether each of the statements is or is not correct (you may find it helpful to put a tick against
the statements that you consider to be correct).

The responses A to D should be selected on the basis of

A B C D

1, 2 and 3 1 and 2 2 and 3 1 only


are only are only are is
correct correct correct correct

No other combination of statements is used as a correct response.

Use of the Data Booklet may be appropriate for some questions.

31 The definitions of many chemical terms can be illustrated by chemical equations.

Which terms can be illustrated by an equation that includes the formation of a positive ion?

1 first ionisation energy


2 heterolytic fission of a covalent bond
3 enthalpy change of atomisation

32 Which molecules have no overall dipole moment?

1 boron trifluoride
2 methane
3 phosphorus pentafluoride

33 Carbon exists in several different forms. Two of these forms are buckminsterfullerene and
graphene. Buckminsterfullerene is a fullerene allotrope of carbon.

Which statements about buckminsterfullerene and graphene are correct?

1 Both have delocalised electrons.


2 Buckminsterfullerene has a giant molecular structure.
3 The carbon atoms in graphene form a tetrahedral lattice.

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/M/J/20 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
12

The responses A to D should be selected on the basis of

A B C D

1, 2 and 3 1 and 2 2 and 3 1 only


are only are only are is
correct correct correct correct

No other combination of statements is used as a correct response.

34 Carbon monoxide burns readily in oxygen to form carbon dioxide.

What does this information suggest?

1 The +4 oxidation state of carbon is more stable than the +2 state.


2 The standard enthalpy change of formation of carbon dioxide is more negative than the
standard enthalpy change of formation of carbon monoxide.
3 The value of the equilibrium constant for the reaction, 2CO(g) + O2(g) 2CO2(g), is likely
to be high.

35 The catalytic converters fitted to cars remove pollutants from the exhaust gases. Some of the
reactions that occur involve oxygen, which comes from the air.

Which pollutants in the exhaust gases will react with oxygen on the surface of the catalytic
converter?

1 NO2
2 unburnt fuel
3 CO

36 Chlorine reacts with sodium hydroxide in two different ways depending upon the temperature.

reaction 1 Cl 2 + 2OH– → Cl – + Cl O– + H2O

reaction 2 3Cl 2 + 6OH– → 5Cl – + Cl O3– + 3H2O

Which statements about these reactions are correct?

1 Reaction 2 requires a higher temperature than reaction 1.


2 The products of reaction 1 show chlorine in two different oxidation states.
3 The products of reaction 2 show oxygen in two different oxidation states.

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/M/J/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
13

37 In which of the reactions is the organic compound oxidised by the given reagent?

1 CH3CHO + HCN reagent


2 CH3CH2CH2CHO + Tollens’ reagent
3 CH3CH2CHO + Fehling’s reagent

38 When the apparatus is set up as shown, an orange precipitate forms in test-tube Z.

Y Z
air

compound Q +
acidified potassium 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine
dichromate(VI) reagent

warm

What could compound Q be?

1 CH3CH2CH2OH
2 CH3CH(OH)CH3
3 (CH3)3COH

39 Chlorofluoroalkanes that diffuse into the stratosphere are broken down by ultraviolet radiation.

Radicals are generated that cause depletion of ozone.

What are these radicals?

1 chlorine radicals
2 fluorine radicals
3 alkyl radicals

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/M/J/20 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
14

The responses A to D should be selected on the basis of

A B C D

1, 2 and 3 1 and 2 2 and 3 1 only


are only are only are is
correct correct correct correct

No other combination of statements is used as a correct response.

40 A mixture of the three isomers of C2H2Cl 2 is polymerised.

Which sequences will be seen within the polymer chains?

1 2 3

Cl H H H Cl H

C C C C C C

Cl Cl Cl Cl H H

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/M/J/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
15

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/M/J/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/M/J/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama

Cambridge International AS & A Level


*5013508299*

CHEMISTRY9701/21
Paper 2 AS Level Structured Questions May/June 2020

 1 hour 15 minutes

You must answer on the question paper.

You will need: Data booklet

INSTRUCTIONS
●● Answer all questions.
●● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
●● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
●● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
●● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
●● Do not write on any bar codes.
●● You may use a calculator.
●● You should show all your working, use appropriate units and use an appropriate number of significant
figures.

INFORMATION
●● The total mark for this paper is 60.
●● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].

This document has 12 pages. Blank pages are indicated.

IB20 06_9701_21/3RP
© UCLES 2020 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
2

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided.

1 Gallium is a metal in Group 13 of the Periodic Table.

(a) There are two stable isotopes of gallium, 69Ga and 71Ga.

(i) State, with reference to subatomic particles, how the isotopes 69Ga and 71Ga differ from
each other.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) State what further information is needed to calculate the relative atomic mass of gallium.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(b) Gallium and its compounds show similar properties to aluminium and its compounds.
Gallium reacts with excess chlorine to form gallium trichloride.

(i) At 500 °C, gallium trichloride is a gas.

Suggest the type of attraction that exists at 500 °C

●● between atoms within a gallium trichloride molecule

..............................................................................................................................................

●● between gallium trichloride molecules.

..............................................................................................................................................
[2]

(ii) When gallium trichloride is cooled a solid, Ga2Cl 6, forms.

Suggest the name of the attraction formed between two gallium trichloride molecules to
form Ga2Cl 6.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/M/J/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
3

(c) Gallium metal reacts rapidly when exposed to air. A white solid layer is formed on its surface.

(i) 
Suggest an equation to describe the reaction occurring when gallium metal is exposed to
air.

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) 
The table gives the formula of each gallium-containing product formed when gallium oxide
reacts separately with hot aqueous hydrochloric acid and hot aqueous sodium hydroxide.

formula of
gallium-containing product
hot aqueous hydrochloric acid GaCl 3
hot aqueous sodium hydroxide NaGa(OH)4

Give the name of the type of behaviour shown by gallium oxide in these reactions.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

[Total: 8]

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/M/J/20 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
4

2 (a) The equation shown in (a)(i) describes the reaction which occurs when aqueous potassium iodide
is added to aqueous copper(II) sulfate. A white precipitate of copper(I) iodide forms in a brown
solution of iodine and potassium sulfate.

(i) Balance the equation and include state symbols.

......CuSO4(.....) + ......KI(.....) → ......CuI(.....) + ......I2(.....) + ......K2SO4(.....)


[2]

The table gives the oxidation numbers of iodine in the different species in the equation.

iodine-containing species oxidation number of iodine


KI –1
CuI –1
I2 0

(ii) Deduce the oxidation number of copper in CuSO4 and CuI.

●● oxidation number of copper in CuSO4 ................................

●● oxidation number of copper in CuI .....................................


[1]

(iii) Describe the type of reaction shown by the equation in (a)(i). Explain your answer in terms
of electron transfer.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(b) In the reaction described in (a)(i), a student uses 17.43 g of CuSO4•yH2O. By further titration
of the reaction products the student concludes that the total amount of CuSO4 in the sample is
0.0982 mol.

Use the Data Booklet to complete the table to calculate the value of y, where y is an integer.
Show your working.

mass of
0.0982 mol CuSO4
.............................. g

amount of H2O in
17.43 g of CuSO4•yH2O
.............................. mol H2O

value of y
y = ..............................

[4]

 [Total: 9]

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/M/J/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
5

3 Nitric acid, HNO3, can be made by reacting nitrogen dioxide with water.

The enthalpy change for the reaction can be measured indirectly using a Hess’ cycle.

∆Hr
3NO2(g) + H2O(l) 2HNO3(l) + NO(g)

(a) Explain what is meant by the term enthalpy change of formation.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) Complete the Hess’ cycle using the values given in the table and hence calculate the enthalpy
change, ∆Hr, for this reaction.

Show your working.

substance ∆Hf / kJ mol–1


NO2(g) 34.0
H2O(l) –286
HNO3(l) –173
NO(g) 91.1

∆Hr
3NO2(g) + H2O(l) 2HNO3(l) + NO(g)

∆Hr = .............................. kJ mol–1


[3]

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/M/J/20 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
6

(c) Nitrogen and oxygen do not react at normal atmospheric temperatures.

Explain why.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

Nitrogen oxides can be formed naturally in the Earth’s atmosphere from nitrogen and oxygen in the
air.

(d) State one way that nitrogen oxides are produced naturally.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(e) 
Nitrogen dioxide, NO2, acts as a homogeneous catalyst in the oxidation of atmospheric
sulfur dioxide.

(i) Explain why NO2 is described as a homogeneous catalyst.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [3]

(ii) Write equations which describe the two reactions occurring when NO2 acts as a catalyst in
the formation of sulfur trioxide from sulfur dioxide.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

 [Total: 13]

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/M/J/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
7

4 Calcium nitrate, Ca(NO3)2, reacts with ammonia, carbon dioxide and water to form a mixture of
ammonium nitrate and calcium carbonate.

Ca(NO3)2 + 2NH3 + CO2 + H2O → 2NH4NO3 + CaCO3

(a) Explain why ammonia is described as a Brønsted‑Lowry base in this reaction.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

The product mixture can then be added to soil.

(b) 
State two reasons why this mixture of products is added to some soils.

1 ..................................................................................................................................................

2 ..................................................................................................................................................
[2]

(c) Complete the table to name the shape and give the bond angle of each species.

name of shape bond angle / °

CO2

NH3

H 2O

[3]

 [Total: 6]

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/M/J/20 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
8

5 (a) Below is a list of species which can react with organic compounds.

CN– HCl Cl H2O CO32–

(i) From the list, identify a species which can react with ethane.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) From the list, identify two species which can attack the π bond in ethene.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) From the list, identify a species which can be used to distinguish between solutions of
propanoic acid and propan-1-ol. Describe any relevant observations.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(b) Cl (g) can be made from Cl 2(g).

(i) Describe the conditions required for this process.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Name this process.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(c) (i) Name an organic functional group which reacts with a nucleophile in an addition reaction.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Name an organic functional group which tends to react with a nucleophile in an SN1
substitution mechanism.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/M/J/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
9

(d) But-1-ene reacts with steam in the presence of concentrated phosphoric acid to form two
isomers of molecular formula C4H10O.

Each reaction occurs via a different intermediate ion.

(i) 
Draw the structure of both intermediate ions.

[2]

(ii) 
Circle the more stable intermediate ion drawn in (d)(i). Explain your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

 [Total: 12]

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/M/J/20 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
10

6  -methylbut-1-ene reacts with acidified manganate(VII) ions, under specific conditions, to produce
2
two organic compounds X and Y.

X immediately reacts with the acidified manganate(VII) ions to form carbon dioxide and water. Y

has the structural formula CH3CH2COCH3.

acidified
manganate(VII) ions X Y
2-methylbut-1-ene +
CH3CH2COCH3

CO2 + H2O

(a) Draw the skeletal formula of 2-methylbut-1-ene.

[1]

(b) (i) State the specific conditions required for the acidified manganate(VII) ions to react with
2-methylbut-1-ene in this way.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) 
Name the type of reaction occurring to the functional group in 2‑methylbut‑1‑ene in the
reaction in (b)(i).

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(c) Draw the structural formula of X.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) D
 escribe a chemical test and the expected observation(s) to confirm the presence of the
carbonyl functional group in Y.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/M/J/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
11

(e) The infra-red spectrum of 2-methylbut-1-ene is shown.

0.8

0.6
relative
transmittance
0.4

0.2

4000 3000 2000 1000


wavenumber / cm–1

Predict two main differences that would be seen between the spectra of Y, CH3CH2COCH3,
and of 2-methylbut-1-ene. Give reasons for your predictions.

Your answer should refer only to the region of each spectrum above 1500 cm–1.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(f) 
Propanoic acid, CH3CH2CO2H, is reduced by LiAl H4.

(i) Write an equation to show this reaction. Use [H] to represent an atom of hydrogen from the
reducing agent.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Name the organic product formed in this reaction.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/M/J/20 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
12

(g) Organic compound W is an ester which is a structural isomer of propanoic acid.

(i) 
State the molecular formula of W.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) 
Draw a possible structure of W.

[1]

 [Total: 12]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/M/J/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama

Cambridge International AS & A Level

CHEMISTRY 9701/11
Paper 1 Multiple Choice October/November 2020
1 hour

You must answer on the multiple choice answer sheet.




You will need: Multiple choice answer sheet


Soft clean eraser
Soft pencil (type B or HB is recommended)
Data booklet

INSTRUCTIONS
 There are forty questions on this paper. Answer all questions.
 For each question there are four possible answers A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider correct
and record your choice in soft pencil on the multiple choice answer sheet.
 Follow the instructions on the multiple choice answer sheet.
 Write in soft pencil.
 Write your name, centre number and candidate number on the multiple choice answer sheet in the
spaces provided unless this has been done for you.
 Do not use correction fluid.
 Do not write on any bar codes.
 You may use a calculator.

INFORMATION
 The total mark for this paper is 40.
 Each correct answer will score one mark. A mark will not be deducted for a wrong answer.
 Any rough working should be done on this question paper.

This document has 16 pages. Blank pages are indicated.

IB20 11_9701_11/FP
© UCLES 2020 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
2

Section A

For each question there are four possible answers A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider to be
correct.

Use of the Data Booklet may be appropriate for some questions.

1 Which statement is correct?

A Cl has a relative isotopic mass of 35.5.


B Cl 2 has a relative molecular mass of 70.

C ICl has a relative molecular mass of 162.4.

D NaCl has a relative molecular mass of 58.5.

2 Strontium metal can be extracted from strontium oxide, SrO, by reduction with aluminium. One of
the possible reactions is shown.

6SrO + 2Al  3Sr + Sr3Al 2O6

What is the maximum mass of strontium metal that can be produced from the reduction of 100 g
of strontium oxide using this reaction?

A 41.3 g B 42.3 g C 84.6 g D 169.2 g

3 A single 32P nucleus can be produced when a single 32


S nucleus joins with particle X. In the
process a proton is emitted.

What is particle X?

A a deuteron, 21H

B an electron
C a neutron
D a proton

4 In which of the following, when in liquid form, are there only intermolecular forces based on
temporary dipoles between the particles?

A bromine
B ethanol
C hydrogen chloride
D water

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/O/N/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
3

5 Copper has a high melting point.

What is the reason for the high melting point of copper?

A strong attractive forces between copper atoms only


B strong attractive forces between copper ions and delocalised electrons
C strong attractive forces between copper ions only
D strong attractive forces between copper atoms and delocalised electrons

6 Which pair of standard enthalpy changes are numerically equal?

A atomisation of CH4(g) and formation of CH4(g)


B combustion of CH3OH(l) and combustion of graphite + 2(combustion of H2(g))
C combustion of graphite and formation of CO2(g)
D neutralisation of HCl (aq) with NaOH(aq) and formation of H2O(l)

7 An energy cycle is drawn for the following reaction.

Br2(l) + 3F2(g)  2BrF3(l)

2Br(g) + 6F(g)

+698 kJ 2BrF3(g)

Br2(l) + 3F2(g) 2BrF3(l)

The standard enthalpy of formation of BrF3(l) = –301 kJ mol–1.

The enthalpy change of BrF3(l) to BrF3(g) is +44 kJ mol–1.

What is the average bond energy of the Br–F bond in BrF3?

A 152 kJ mol–1 B 202 kJ mol–1 C 304 kJ mol–1 D 404 kJ mol–1

8 In which reaction does the greatest change in the oxidation number of sulfur occur?

A S(s) + O2(g)  SO2(g)


1
B SO2(g) + O (g)
2 2
SO3(g)

C SO3(g) + H2SO4(l)  H2S2O7(l)

D H2S2O7(l) + H2O(l)  2H2SO4(l)

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/O/N/20 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
4

9 The first stage in the chloride process for the manufacture of titanium consists of the following
reaction.

2TiO2 + 4Cl 2 + 3C  2TiCl 4 + 2CO + CO2

What is reduced in this reaction?

A carbon
B chlorine
C oxygen
D titanium

10 In aqueous solution, sulfuric acid dissociates as shown.

H2SO4  HSO4– + H+ This reaction goes to completion.


HSO4– SO42– + H+ This reaction reaches equilibrium with constant Kc.

Analysis of a 2.00 mol dm–3 solution of H2SO4 found the HSO4– concentration to be
1.988 mol dm–3.

What is Kc?

A 1.381  105 dm3 mol–1


B 82.34 dm3 mol–1

C 1.214  10–2 mol dm–3

D 7.244  10–5 mol dm–3

11 An autocatalytic reaction is a reaction in which one of the products catalyses the reaction.

Which curve would be obtained if the rate of an autocatalytic reaction is plotted against time?

A B C D

rate rate rate rate

0 0 0 0
0 time 0 time 0 time 0 time

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/O/N/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
5

12 X and Y are two elements in Period 3 of the Periodic Table. They combine to form compound Z.

X forms a soluble acidic oxide. The oxidation number of X in this oxide is +4.

Y forms an amphoteric oxide.

What is the formula of compound Z?

A Al P B Al 2S3 C Si2P5 D SiS2

13 This question is about two elements in Group 2, Q and R.

Three of the statements shown are correct for metal Q.

The one remaining statement is correct for metal R.

Which statement applies to R?

A A saturated solution of the hydroxide of this metal has the higher pH value.
B This metal has a carbonate that is used in agriculture to reduce the acidity of soil.
C This metal has the greater atomic radius.
D This metal reacts more quickly with cold water.

14 The electronic arrangement for atoms of four elements is given.

Which element is the strongest oxidising agent?

A 1s22s22p5
B 1s22s22p63s2
C 1s22s22p63s23p5
D 1s22s22p63s23p64s2

15 A student mixes pairs of chemicals together in separate test-tubes.

● excess calcium (s) + water (l)


● barium chloride (aq) + strontium hydroxide (aq)
● calcium carbonate (s) + excess hydrochloric acid (aq)
● magnesium sulfate (aq) + barium nitrate (aq)

How many of the mixtures produce a white, solid product?

A 0 B 1 C 2 D 3

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/O/N/20 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
6

16 With which compound does concentrated sulfuric acid react both as a strong acid and as an
oxidising agent?

A magnesium carbonate
B potassium chloride
C sodium bromide
D sulfur trioxide

17 Ammonia can undergo an acid–base reaction with hydrogen chloride to form ammonium chloride.

Which statement is correct?

A The ammonium ion is basic.


B The hydrogen atom from HCl donates a lone pair of electrons to the nitrogen atom.
C The H–N–H bond angle in ammonia is the same as the H–N–H bond angle in the ammonium
ion.
D The H–N–H bond angle in the ammonium ion is the same as the H–C–H bond angle in
methane.

18 What are the trends in the stated properties as Group 2 is descended from magnesium to
barium?

decomposition
temperature of the first ionisation energy
carbonate

A decreases increases
B decreases decreases
C increases increases
D increases decreases

19 Sulfur dioxide, SO2, reacts with calcium hydroxide in aqueous solution.

What is the main product that is first formed?

A Ca(HSO4)2 B CaS C CaSO3 D CaSO4

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/O/N/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
7

20 Structural and stereoisomerism should be considered when answering this question.

Compounds X, Y and Z are shown.

X Y Z

HO HO Cl
H H
Cl Cl OH

How many other isomers of C3H7Cl O are there that are alcohols?

A 2 B 3 C 4 D 5

21 Two students each make a statement about 2-methylbut-1-ene.

Student 1 states that 2-methylbut-1-ene has geometrical isomers.

Student 2 states that 2-methylbut-1-ene reacts with HBr in an addition reaction to give
1-bromo-2-methylbutane as the main product.

Which students are correct?

A both 1 and 2
B 1 only
C 2 only
D neither 1 nor 2

22 Which statement is correct when referring to the complete combustion of PVC?

A A gas is made which contributes to global warming.


B Carbon dioxide and water are the only products.
C If water is used to clean the exhaust gases, the water becomes alkaline.
D There is no need to treat the exhaust gases as the products are non-hazardous.

23 Iodoethane, CH3CH2I, reacts with aqueous silver nitrate at 50 C. A precipitate forms during this
reaction.

Which row of the table is correct about this reaction?

type of organic reaction colour of precipitate

A electrophilic substitution cream


B electrophilic substitution yellow
C nucleophilic substitution cream
D nucleophilic substitution yellow

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/O/N/20 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
8

24 A student converts 1-iodopropane, C3H7I, into butanoic acid, C3H7CO2H, by a two-stage chemical
synthesis.

In the first of the two stages, which reagent is reacted with 1-iodopropane?

A aqueous sodium hydroxide


B ethanolic ammonia
C ethanolic potassium cyanide
D ethanolic sodium hydroxide

25 1-chloro-1-methylcyclohexane is hydrolysed by heating with NaOH(aq).

CH3 CH3
+ OH– → + Cl –
Cl OH

The reaction pathway is shown.

energy Z

reaction pathway

One carbon atom in 1-chloro-1-methylcyclohexane is bonded to three other carbon atoms.

What is the charge on this carbon atom at point Z?

A 1– B – C + D 1+

26 An alcohol with the molecular formula C5H12O decolourises warm acidified potassium
manganate(VII). The alcohol also gives a yellow precipitate with alkaline aqueous iodine.

What could be the identity of the alcohol?

A 2-methylbutan-2-ol
B 3-methylbutan-2-ol
C pentan-1-ol
D pentan-3-ol

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/O/N/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
9

27 Which pair of test results would prove that a substance, X, is a ketone?

A X has no reaction with Tollens’ reagent. X reacts with alkaline aqueous iodine.

B X is reduced by lithium aluminium hydride. X is oxidised by acidified dichromate(VI).


C X reacts with 2,4-DNPH reagent. X has no reaction with Fehling’s reagent.
D X reacts with hydrogen cyanide. X is reduced by lithium aluminium hydride.

28 Carvone is found in spearmint oil.

carvone
O

Which product is formed when carvone is reacted with NaBH4?

A B C D
OH O O OH

29 Which compound is chiral and reacts with Na2CO3 to give CO2?

A B C D

CH3 OH CH2Br CH(Br)CO2H


H CO2H
C HCO2CH
CH2
C CH3
H CO2H CH3

30 The skeletal formula of compound X is shown.

compound X
HO

What is the molecular formula of compound X?

A C10H18O B C10H20O C C11H22O D C11H24O

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/O/N/20 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
10

Section B

For each of the questions in this section, one or more of the three numbered statements 1 to 3 may
be correct.

Decide whether each of the statements is or is not correct (you may find it helpful to put a tick against
the statements that you consider to be correct).

The responses A to D should be selected on the basis of

A B C D

1, 2 and 3 1 and 2 2 and 3 1 only


are only are only are is
correct correct correct correct

No other combination of statements is used as a correct response.

Use of the Data Booklet may be appropriate for some questions.

31 Nitrogen forms a number of oxides. Their enthalpies of formation are given.

[NO(g)] = +90 kJ mol–1


[N2O(g)] = +82 kJ mol–1
[NO2(g)] = +33 kJ mol–1

Which statements are correct?

1 If N2O(g) is oxidised by O2(g) to NO2(g), 16 kJ is released per mole of N2O.


2 The decomposition of N2O(g) to N2(g) and O2(g) is exothermic.
3 The reaction between NO and oxygen is exothermic.

32 Which statements are correct?

1 enthalpy of combustion of H2 = enthalpy of formation of H2O


2 enthalpy of formation of H2 = –(enthalpy of atomisation of H2)
3 enthalpy of solution of HCl = enthalpy of hydration of H+ + enthalpy of hydration of Cl –

33 The units of Kc for an equilibrium reaction are mol–1 dm3.

What could be the equation for the equilibrium?

1 A(aq) + B(aq) C(s) + D(aq)


2 P(aq) + Q(aq) R(aq)
3 W(aq) + 2X(aq) Y(aq) + Z(aq)

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/O/N/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
11

34 Methanol, CH3OH, can be produced industrially by reacting CO with H2.

CO(g) + 2H2(g) CH3OH(g) H = –91 kJ mol–1

The process can be carried out at 4  103 kPa and 1150 K.

Which statements about this reaction are correct?

1 Increasing the temperature will increase the rate of reaction because more effective
collisions will occur.
2 Lowering the temperature will reduce the rate of reaction because the forward reaction is
exothermic.
3 Increasing the pressure will reduce the rate of reaction because there are a larger number of
moles on the left-hand side of the equation.

35 Which rows correctly show the relative electrical conductivities of the sets of three Period 3
elements?

greatest least
conductivity conductivity

1 sodium silicon chlorine


2 aluminium magnesium phosphorus
3 sulfur silicon phosphorus

36 Three test-tubes, X, Y and Z, each contain water.

● A small amount of NaCl is added to test-tube X.


● A small amount of SiCl 4 is added to test-tube Y.
● A small amount of Al Cl 3 is added to test-tube Z.

After a short time, two drops of universal indicator solution are added to each test-tube.

Which statements can be correct?

1 The pH in test-tube X is 7.
2 The pH in test-tube Y is 2.
3 The pH in test-tube Z is 2.

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/O/N/20 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
12

The responses A to D should be selected on the basis of

A B C D

1, 2 and 3 1 and 2 2 and 3 1 only


are only are only are is
correct correct correct correct

No other combination of statements is used as a correct response.

37 The structure of compound R is shown.

compound R

OH
O

Which statements about compound R are correct?

1 It has an Mr of 116.
2 It contains two groups that show strong absorptions between 1640 and 1740 cm–1 in its
infrared spectrum.
3 Its only infrared absorption between 2500 and 3000 cm–1 is sharp and strong.

38 During the bromination of methane, the free radical CH3• is generated. A possible termination
step of this reaction is the formation of C2H6 by the combination of two free radicals.

What could be produced in a termination step during the bromination of propane?

1 CH3CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH3
2 CH3CH(CH3)CH(CH3)2
3 CH3CH2CH2CH(CH3)2

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/O/N/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
13

39 Three reactions of primary alcohols are listed.

Which reactions give water as one of the products?

1 reaction with ethanoic acid


2 reaction with concentrated HBr
3 passing the alcohol vapour over heated Al 2O3

40 The diagram shows part of the structure of polymer X.

CH3 H CH3 H CH3 H

C C C C C C

H CO2CH3 H CO2CH3 H CO2CH3

Which reagents react with polymer X?

1 aqueous sulfuric acid


2 aqueous sodium hydroxide
3 sodium

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/O/N/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
14

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/O/N/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
15

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/O/N/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2020 9701/11/O/N/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama

Cambridge International AS & A Level


*2079142871*

CHEMISTRY9701/21
Paper 2 AS Level Structured Questions October/November 2020

 1 hour 15 minutes

You must answer on the question paper.

You will need: Data booklet

INSTRUCTIONS
● Answer all questions.
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
● Do not write on any bar codes.
● You may use a calculator.
● You should show all your working, use appropriate units and use an appropriate number of significant
figures.

INFORMATION
● The total mark for this paper is 60.
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].

This document has 16 pages. Blank pages are indicated.

IB20 11_9701_21/FP
© UCLES 2020 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
2

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided.

1 The graph shows the first ionisation energies of some of the elements in Group 2.

1000
900
800
first ionisation
energy / kJ mol–1 700
600
500
400
Be Mg Ca Sr Ba
Group 2 element

(a) Write an equation for the first ionisation energy of Mg.

Include state symbols.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) Explain the observed trend in first ionisation energies down Group 2.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

(c) The second ionisation energy of Be is 1757 kJ mol–1.

Explain why the second ionisation energy of Be is higher than the first ionisation energy of Be.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

 [Total: 6]

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/O/N/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
3

2 Phosphorus, sulfur and chlorine can all react with oxygen to form oxides.

(a) Phosphorus reacts with an excess of oxygen to form phosphorus(V) oxide.

(i) Write an equation to show the reaction of phosphorus with excess oxygen.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Describe the reaction of phosphorus(V) oxide with water.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(iii) State the structure and bonding of solid phosphorus(V) oxide.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(b) The two most common oxides of sulfur are SO2 and SO3.

When SO2 dissolves in water, a small proportion of it reacts with water to form a weak
Brønsted‑Lowry acid.

(i) Explain the meaning of the term weak Brønsted-Lowry acid.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) Write the equation for the reaction of SO2 with water.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) SO2 reacts with NO2 in the atmosphere to form SO3 and NO.

NO is then oxidised in air to form NO2.

SO2 + NO2 → SO3 + NO

2NO + O2 → 2NO2

State the role of NO2 in this two-stage process.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/O/N/20 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
4

(c) E
 missions of SO2 from coal-fired power stations can be reduced by mixing the coal with
powdered limestone.

Limestone is heated to form CaO in reaction 1. This then reacts with SO2 and O2 to form CaSO4
in reaction 2.

reaction 1: CaCO3(s) → CaO(s) + CO2(s)

reaction 2: CaO(s) + SO2(g) + 12 O2(g) → CaSO4(s)

(i) State the type of reaction occurring in reaction 1.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Use the data to calculate the enthalpy change of reaction 2.

compound ∆Hf / kJ mol–1


CaO(s) –635
SO2(g) –297
CaSO4(s) –1434

 enthalpy change of reaction 2 = .............................. kJ mol–1 [2]

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/O/N/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
5

(d) Chlorine forms several oxides, including Cl 2O, Cl O2 and Cl 2O6.

(i) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram of Cl 2O. Show outer-shell electrons only.

[1]

(ii) Cl O2 can be prepared by reacting NaCl O2 with Cl 2.

Write the oxidation state of chlorine in each species in the boxes provided.

2NaCl O2 + Cl 2 → 2Cl O2 + 2NaCl

oxidation state of chlorine: +3


[1]

(iii) Cl 2O6(g) is produced by the reaction of Cl O2(g) with O3(g).

2Cl O2(g) + 2O3(g) Cl 2O6(g) + 2O2(g) ∆H = –216 kJ mol–1

The reaction takes place at 500 K and 100 kPa.

State and explain the effect on the yield of Cl 2O6(g) when the experiment is carried out:

● at 1000 K and 100 kPa

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

● at 500 K and 500 kPa.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................
[4]

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/O/N/20 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
6

(e) Element E is a Period 5 element.

E reacts with oxygen to form an insoluble white oxide that has a melting point of 1910 °C. The

oxide of E conducts electricity only when liquid.

E also reacts readily with Cl 2(g) to form a white solid that reacts exothermically with water. The

resulting solution reacts with aqueous silver nitrate to form a white precipitate that dissolves in
dilute ammonia.

(i) Suggest the type of bonding shown by the oxide of E. Explain your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) Suggest the type of bonding shown by the chloride of E. Explain your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

 [Total: 21]

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/O/N/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
7

Question 3 starts on the next page.

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/O/N/20 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
8

3 The reducing agent LiAl H4 can be synthesised by reacting aluminium chloride with lithium hydride,
LiH.

(a) (i) At 200 °C, aluminium chloride exists as Al 2Cl 6(g).

 raw the structure of Al 2Cl 6(g), showing fully any coordinate (dative covalent) bonds in
D
the molecule.

 [2]

(ii) At 1000 °C, aluminium chloride exists as Al Cl 3(g).

State the bond angle in Al Cl 3(g).

.............................. ° [1]

(iii) Lithium hydride contains the ions Li+ and H–.

State the electronic configuration of these two ions.

Li+ ................................................................ H– ..................................................................


[1]

(iv) LiAl H4 decomposes slowly to form LiAl (s) and H2(g).

LiAl H4(s) → LiAl (s) + 2H2(g)

LiAl (s) shows metallic bonding.

Describe metallic bonding.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/O/N/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
9

(b) L
 iAl H4 cannot be used in aqueous solution because it reacts with water to produce LiOH(aq),
H2(g) and a white precipitate which is soluble in excess sodium hydroxide.

Identify the white precipitate.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) Two students try to prepare 2‑hydroxybutanoic acid in the laboratory.

2-hydroxybutanoic acid
O

OH
OH

Both students oxidise butane‑1,2‑diol to form P in reaction 1.

One student then reduces P using LiAl H4. Q is formed.

The other student reduces P using NaBH4. R is formed.

reaction 2
butane-1,2-diol P LiAl H4 Q
O
[O]
OH
reaction 1 OH
OH
O reaction 3 R
NaBH4

(i) State the reagents and conditions required for reaction 1.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) Only one of the students successfully prepares 2‑hydroxybutanoic acid.

Identify which of Q or R is 2‑hydroxybutanoic acid and explain the difference between


reactions 2 and 3.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/O/N/20 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
10

 third student prepares 2‑hydroxybutanoic acid using propanal as the starting material. In
A
step 1 the student reacts propanal with a mixture of NaCN and HCN.

S
OH OH
O C 2H 5
C step 1 step 2
H C C 2H 5 H C C 2H 5
NaCN / HCN HCl (aq) / reflux
H CN COOH

(iii) Draw the mechanism for the reaction of propanal with the mixture of NaCN and HCN to
form S.

● Identify the ion that reacts with propanal.


● Draw the structure of the intermediate of the reaction.
● Include all charges, partial charges, lone pairs and curly arrows.

S
OH
O C 2H 5
C H C C 2H 5
H CN
[4]

(iv)  omplete the equation for the reaction in step 2, when S is heated under reflux with
C
HCl (aq).

C2H5CH(OH)CN + ................................. → C2H5CH(OH)COOH + ............................


[1]

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/O/N/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
11

(v) The infrared spectrum of an organic compound is shown. The organic compound is either
S or 2‑hydroxybutanoic acid.

100

transmittance
% 50

0
4000 3000 2000 1500 1000 500
wavenumber / cm–1

Deduce the identity of the compound. Give two reasons for your answer.

In your answer, identify any relevant absorptions above 1500 cm–1 in the spectrum and the
bonds that correspond to these absorptions.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

 [Total: 17]

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/O/N/20 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
12

4 Iodine is used in many inorganic and organic reactions.

(a) (i) State and explain the trend in volatility of the halogens, from chlorine to iodine.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) Explain why HI is the least thermally stable of HCl, HBr and HI.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) The table shows the electronegativity values for hydrogen, fluorine and iodine.

element electronegativity value


H 2.1
F 4.0
I 2.5

Explain, in terms of intermolecular forces, why HI has a lower boiling point than HF.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(iv) Iodine reacts with hot concentrated aqueous sodium hydroxide in the same way as
chlorine.

Write an equation for the reaction of iodine and hot aqueous sodium hydroxide.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/O/N/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
13

(b) Iodoalkanes contain carbon-iodine bonds.

The simplest iodoalkane is CH3I.

(i) CH3I can be made from methanol, CH3OH.

Identify a reagent that can convert CH3OH to CH3I.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) 1,2‑diiodoethane, CH2ICH2I, can be made by bubbling ethene into liquid iodine.

Fully name the type of mechanism shown in this reaction.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(c) 
J reacts with NaOH, forming different products dependent on the conditions used.

J
I

(i) Name J.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) 
J reacts with NaOH(aq) to form K.

K
OH

Fully name the mechanism of the reaction of J with NaOH(aq) to form K.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/O/N/20 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
14

(iii) 
J reacts with NaOH dissolved in ethanol to form a mixture of two alkenes, L and M.
Alkene L is shown.

J M
L
I NaOH
in ethanol
and

In the box provided, draw the structure of M.[1]

(iv) Explain why L does not show geometrical (cis-trans) isomerism.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(v) 
L reacts with hot concentrated acidified KMnO4(aq) to form propanone and one other
organic product.

Identify the other organic product.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(vi) Propanone reacts with excess alkaline aqueous iodine.

Complete and balance the equation for this reaction.

CH3COCH3 + ....I2 + ....OH– .....CH3COO– + ......H2O + ......I– + ....................


 [2]

(vii) State one observation that can be made in the reaction in (c)(vi).

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

 [Total: 16]

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/O/N/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
15

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/O/N/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2020 9701/21/O/N/20


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama

Cambridge International AS & A Level

CHEMISTRY 9701/11
Paper 1 Multiple Choice May/June 2021
1 hour

You must answer on the multiple choice answer sheet.


*2679075838*

You will need: Multiple choice answer sheet


Soft clean eraser
Soft pencil (type B or HB is recommended)
Data booklet

INSTRUCTIONS
 There are forty questions on this paper. Answer all questions.
 For each question there are four possible answers A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider correct
and record your choice in soft pencil on the multiple choice answer sheet.
 Follow the instructions on the multiple choice answer sheet.
 Write in soft pencil.
 Write your name, centre number and candidate number on the multiple choice answer sheet in the
spaces provided unless this has been done for you.
 Do not use correction fluid.
 Do not write on any bar codes.
 You may use a calculator.

INFORMATION
 The total mark for this paper is 40.
 Each correct answer will score one mark.
 Any rough working should be done on this question paper.

This document has 16 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.

IB21 06_9701_11/3RP
© UCLES 2021 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
2

Section A

For each question there are four possible answers A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider to be
correct.

Use of the Data Booklet may be appropriate for some questions.

1 Which contains the largest number of hydrogen atoms?

A 0.10 mol of pentane


B 0.20 mol of but-2-ene
C 1.00 mol of hydrogen molecules

D 6.02  1023 hydrogen atoms

2 In which pair of species do both species have only one unpaired p electron?

A Ar+ and C– B B and Ti+ C F and Ga D Se– and Si–

3 Phosphorus forms two chlorides. Phosphorus(III) chloride, PCl 3, is a covalent liquid.

Phosphorus(V) chloride is an ionic solid. One of the ions present is [PCl 4]+.

What is the shape of the PCl 3 molecule and the [PCl 4]+ ion?

PCl 3 [PCl 4]+

A pyramidal square planar


B pyramidal tetrahedral
C tetrahedral square planar
D trigonal planar tetrahedral

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/M/J/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
3

4 is the standard enthalpy of formation of methane.

is the standard enthalpy of combustion of carbon.

is the standard enthalpy of combustion of hydrogen.

CH4(g) + 2O2(g) CO2(g) + 2H2O(l)

Which expression is equivalent to ?

A – +
B – 2 –
C – +
D + 2 –

5 The diagram shows the Boltzmann distribution for the same gas at two different temperatures, T1
and T2.

T1

T2
y

0
0 x

What is plotted on the y-axis and which line represents the higher temperature?

plotted on y-axis higher temperature

A number of molecules T1
B number of molecules T2
C molecular energy T1
D molecular energy T2

6 What is the minimum mass of oxygen required to ensure the complete combustion of 12 dm3 of
propane measured under room conditions?

A 60 g B 80 g C 120 g D 160 g

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/M/J/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
4

7 Why is the first ionisation energy of oxygen less than that of nitrogen?

A The nitrogen atom has its outer electron in a different subshell.


B The nuclear charge on the oxygen atom is greater than that on the nitrogen atom.
C The oxygen atom has a pair of electrons in one p orbital that repel one another.
D There is more shielding in an oxygen atom.

8 Which gas would behave most like an ideal gas under room conditions?

A helium
B nitrogen
C ammonia
D krypton

9 When hydrogen iodide is reacted with concentrated sulfuric acid, several reactions occur,
including:

8HI + H2SO4  H2S + 4H2O + 4I2

Which row gives the change in oxidation number of iodine and of sulfur in this reaction?

change in oxidation change in oxidation


number of iodine number of sulfur

A –1 +6
B –1 +8
C +1 –6
D +1 –8

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/M/J/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
5

10 The diagram represents the Haber process for the manufacture of ammonia from nitrogen and
hydrogen.

heat exchanger
N2 + H2

catalytic
converter

condenser

NH3

What is the purpose of the heat exchanger?

A to cool the incoming gas mixture to avoid overheating the catalyst


B to cool the reaction products and separate the NH3 from unused N2 and H2
C to warm the incoming gas mixture and shift the equilibrium to give more NH3
D to warm the incoming gas mixture and speed up the reaction

11 Which statement about catalysts is correct?

A They change the reaction pathway by increasing the activation energy.


B They increase the rate of reaction by lowering the enthalpy change of the reaction.
C They increase the number of particles that have sufficient energy to react.
D Heterogeneous catalysts are in the same state as the reactant.

12 Element X is in Period 3. Element X forms a solid oxide Y.

Y reacts with hot concentrated hydrochloric acid. Y reacts with hot aqueous sodium hydroxide to
form a compound in which X is part of an anion.

How many p electrons does one atom of X have in its outer shell?

A 0 B 1 C 2 D 3

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/M/J/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
6

13 The gaseous products of heating a mixture of Ca(OH)2 and NH4Cl are passed through solid CaO.
A single gaseous product, W, is collected.

A sample of W reacts with Cl 2(g) to produce two gases, X and Y.

X is an element. Y is acidic.

Y reacts with W to produce Z.

What are X and Z?

X Z

A N2 CaCl 2
B N2 NH4Cl
C O2 CaCl 2
D O2 NH4Cl

14 Q is a mixture of a Group 2 oxide and a Group 2 sulfate. Q contains equal amounts of the two
compounds.

Q is shaken with water and the resulting mixture filtered; a solid residue is obtained. There is no
reaction when the solid residue is shaken with HCl (aq). Shaking the filtrate with H2SO4(aq)
produces a white precipitate.

What could be Q?

A BaO + BaSO4
B BaO + MgSO4
C MgO + BaSO4
D MgO + MgSO4

15 Which substance will not be a product of the thermal decomposition of hydrated


magnesium nitrate?

A dinitrogen monoxide
B magnesium oxide
C oxygen
D steam

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/M/J/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
7

16 A 5 cm3 sample of 0.05 mol dm–3 sodium chloride is mixed with a 5 cm3 sample of 0.05 mol dm–3
potassium iodide. 10 cm3 of acidified 0.05 mol dm–3 silver nitrate is then added, followed by
concentrated ammonia solution.

What is seen after the addition of an excess of concentrated ammonia solution?

A a cream precipitate
B a white precipitate
C a yellow precipitate
D no precipitate

17 The volatility of the Group 17 elements, chlorine, bromine and iodine, decreases down the group.

What is responsible for this trend?

A bond length in the halogen molecule


B bond strength in the halogen molecule
C electronegativity of the halogen atom
D number of electrons in the halogen atom

18 Acid rain is a dilute solution of sulfuric acid.

Which pollutant also contributes to the formation of acid rain?

A carbon monoxide
B carbon dioxide
C nitrogen dioxide
D hydrocarbons

19 R is an oxide of Period 3 element T. 5.00 g of R contains 2.50 g of T.

What is T?

A magnesium
B aluminium
C silicon
D sulfur

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/M/J/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
8

20 Bromoethane reacts with cyanide ions, producing propanenitrile.

Which statement about the SN2 mechanism of this reaction is correct?

A The lone pair of electrons on C of CN– attacks the carbon atom of the C–Br bond.
B The lone pair of electrons on C of CN– attacks the carbocation formed when the C–Br bond
breaks.
C The lone pair of electrons on N of CN– attacks the carbon atom of the C–Br bond.
D The lone pair of electrons on N of CN– attacks the carbocation formed when the C–Br bond
breaks.

21 Which compound would produce two different carboxylic acids when treated with hot,
concentrated, acidified manganate(VII) ions?

A B C D

22 Which compound could show both cis-trans isomerism and optical isomerism?

A B C D
Cl Cl O Br Cl
H H H
Br Br Br C C Br Br
C C C

C C Br C C Br C C Cl C C I

Br H I H Cl H Br H

23 Limonene is a hydrocarbon found in the rind of citrus fruits.

limonene

What is the molecular formula of limonene?

A C10H12 B C10H14 C C10H16 D C10H18

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/M/J/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
9

24 The compound cetyl palmitate, C15H31CO2C16H33, is a waxy solid.

Cetyl palmitate is heated under reflux with an excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide.

Which products will be formed?

A C15H31ONa and C16H33CO2Na


B C15H31CO2Na and C16H33ONa
C C15H31OH and C16H33CO2Na
D C15H31CO2Na and C16H33OH

25 When an organic compound is oxidised, any oxygen atom gained by the organic molecule is
considered to be from a water molecule also producing 2H+ + 2e–. Any hydrogen atom lost may
be considered to be lost as H+ + e–.

These changes can be represented by the following two equations.

H2O  [O] + 2H+ + 2e–

[H]  H+ + e–

Compound X is oxidised by heating under reflux with hot, acidified potassium dichromate(VI) for
one hour. The half-equation for the reduction reaction is shown.

Cr2O72– + 14H+ + 6e–  2Cr3+ + 7H2O

Under these conditions, one mole of potassium dichromate(VI) oxidises three moles of X.

What could X be?

A propanal
B propan-1-ol
C propan-1,2-diol
D propan-1,3-diol

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/M/J/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
10

26 Compound X has the empirical formula C2H4O. Its infra-red spectrum is shown.

100

transmittance / %
50

0
4000 3000 2000 1500 1000 500
–1
wavenumber / cm

What could be the skeletal formula of compound X?

A B C D
OH O
O O
O O
O
H OH

27 How many moles of hydrogen, H2, are evolved when an excess of sodium metal is added to
one mole of citric acid?

citric acid

CO2H

HO C CH2CO2H

CH2CO2H

A 0.5 B 1.5 C 2 D 4

28 Which statement is correct for the reaction of carbonyl compounds with HCN?

A The reaction is catalysed by concentrated H2SO4.


B Pentan-2-one and HCN react to give a chiral product.
C The reaction is a condensation reaction.
D The reaction is nucleophilic substitution.

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/M/J/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
11

29 The table describes four reactions of propene.

Which row is correct?

name of main
reagent used
organic product

A aqueous bromine 2-bromopropane


B cold acidified aqueous potassium manganate(VII) propane-1,3-diol
C hydrogen chloride 2-chloropropane
D steam propan-1-ol

30 Butanoic acid is prepared from 1-bromopropane.

This synthesis requires a sequence of two reactions.

Which compound is prepared in the first stage of the synthesis?

A 1-aminopropane
B propan-1-ol
C butanal
D butanenitrile

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/M/J/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
12

Section B

For each of the questions in this section, one or more of the three numbered statements 1 to 3 may
be correct.

Decide whether each of the statements is or is not correct (you may find it helpful to put a tick against
the statements that you consider to be correct).

The responses A to D should be selected on the basis of

A B C D

1, 2 and 3 1 and 2 2 and 3 1 only


are only are only are is
correct correct correct correct

No other combination of statements is used as a correct response.

Use of the Data Booklet may be appropriate for some questions.

31 Ethanol combines with ethanoic acid to form ethyl ethanoate according to the following reaction.

C2H5OH(I) + CH3CO2H(I) CH3CO2C2H5(I) + H2O(I) ∆H o = –6 kJ mol–1

9.2 g ethanol, 12 g ethanoic acid and 8.8 g ethyl ethanoate are mixed and allowed to stand at
298 K, until equilibrium is reached.
(Mr: C2H5OH, 46; CH3CO2H, 60; CH3CO2C2H5, 88)

The resulting equilibrium mixture is found to contain 4.8 g ethanoic acid.

The experiment is repeated at 323 K.

Which statements are correct?

1 There are 0.22 moles of ethyl ethanoate in the mixture at equilibrium at 298 K.
2 The equilibrium mixture at 323 K will contain more than 4.8 g of ethanoic acid.
3 If a small amount of water is added at the start of either experiment the value of Kc would not
be affected.

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/M/J/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
13

32 The diagram shows an incomplete energy profile diagram for a reaction.

products

enthalpy

reactants

progress of reaction

Which reactions could this diagram refer to?

1 CaCO3(s)  CaO(s) + CO2(g)

2 H2(g)  2H(g)

3 Cl –(aq)  Cl –(g) + aq

33 A gaseous hydrocarbon has a density of 2.42 g dm–3 under room conditions.

What could be the skeletal formula of this hydrocarbon?

34 Which molecules contain at least one bond angle of 120?

1 C2H4
2 PF5
3 NCl 3

35 Which statements are correct going across Period 3 from sodium to chlorine?

1 The charge on the nucleus increases, pulling the electrons closer to it.
2 The radius of the most common ion of each element decreases.
3 The shielding caused by inner electrons decreases, so the outer electrons are pulled closer
to the nucleus.

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/M/J/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
14

The responses A to D should be selected on the basis of

A B C D

1, 2 and 3 1 and 2 2 and 3 1 only


are only are only are is
correct correct correct correct

No other combination of statements is used as a correct response.

36 Which statements are correct?

1 Magnesium carbonate decomposes at a lower temperature than calcium carbonate.


2 Calcium hydroxide is more soluble in water than magnesium hydroxide.
3 Calcium is a stronger reducing agent than magnesium.

37 Which statements are correct?

1 1,1-difluoroethane is less reactive than 1,1-dichloroethane.


2 1,1-difluoroethane is polar.
3 The C–F bond is stronger than the C–Cl bond.

38 Which pairs of compounds may be distinguished by testing with alkaline aqueous iodine?

1 butanal and butanone


2 pentan-2-one and pentan-3-ol
3 propanone and propan-2-ol

39 Which reactions have a coloured organic product?

1 ethanal + 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine reagent

2 ethanol + acidified potassium dichromate(VI)

3 ethene + cold dilute acidified potassium manganate(VII)

40 Propanoic acid is reacted with an excess of lithium aluminium hydride. The organic product of this
reaction is reacted with ethanoic acid in the presence of concentrated sulfuric acid, forming
product X.

What are major commercial uses of X?

1 fuel
2 solvent
3 flavouring

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/M/J/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
15

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/M/J/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/M/J/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama

Cambridge International AS & A Level


*5348916287*

CHEMISTRY9701/21
Paper 2 AS Level Structured Questions May/June 2021

 1 hour 15 minutes

You must answer on the question paper.

You will need: Data booklet

INSTRUCTIONS
● Answer all questions.
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
● Do not write on any bar codes.
● You may use a calculator.
● You should show all your working, use appropriate units and use an appropriate number of significant
figures.

INFORMATION
● The total mark for this paper is 60.
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].

This document has 12 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.

IB21 06_9701_21/3RP
© UCLES 2021 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
2

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided.

1 Ethanedioic acid, HO2CCO2H, has a relative molecular mass of 90.0.

(a) (i) Explain what is meant by the term relative molecular mass.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) State the empirical formula of ethanedioic acid.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) Calculate how many atoms of carbon are present in 0.18 g of ethanedioic acid, HO2CCO2H.

Show your working.

 atoms of carbon present = .............................. [3]

(b) 
Solid ethanedioic acid reacts with aqueous calcium ions to make a precipitate of
calcium ethanedioate, CaC2O4.

CaC2O4 breaks down when heated to form calcium oxide, carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide.

(i) Construct an equation to represent the reaction of CaC2O4 when heated. Include state
symbols.

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) Identify the type of reaction which occurs when CaC2O4 is heated.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) Identify another compound containing calcium ions which will also produce carbon dioxide
and calcium oxide when it is heated.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

 [Total: 10]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/M/J/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
3

2 Carbon monoxide gas, CO(g), and nitrogen gas, N2(g), are both diatomic molecules.

(a) The diagram shows the arrangement of outer electrons in a molecule of CO(g).

C O

(i) State one similarity and one difference in the way the atoms in a carbon monoxide
molecule are bonded together compared to the atoms in a nitrogen molecule.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) The table states the electronegativity values of carbon, nitrogen and oxygen atoms.

C N O
electronegativity 2.5 3.0 3.5

Use the electronegativity values and relevant details from the Data Booklet to complete
the table below.

N2 CO

number of electrons per


molecule

type(s) of intermolecular
(van der Waals’) force

[2]

(b) N2(g) is less reactive than CO(g) even though N2(g) has a lower bond energy than CO(g).

Suggest why CO(g) is more reactive than N2(g).

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/M/J/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
4

(c) Both carbon monoxide and nitrogen are gases at room temperature and pressure.

They both behave like ideal gases under certain conditions.

(i) State the two conditions necessary for these two gases to approach ideal gas behaviour.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Explain why N2(g) behaves more like an ideal gas than CO(g) does at 20.0 °C and 101 kPa.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(d) Calculate the amount, in mol, of pure nitrogen gas which occupies 100 cm3 at 101 kPa and
20.0 °C.

Use relevant information from the Data Booklet. Show your working.

Assume nitrogen behaves as an ideal gas.

 .............................. mol
[3]

 [Total: 11]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/M/J/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
5

3 Sodium halide salts react with concentrated sulfuric acid at room temperature.

(a) (i) Write an equation to represent the reaction of NaCl (s) with concentrated sulfuric acid.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Name this type of reaction.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(b) NaI(s) reacts with concentrated sulfuric acid, at room temperature, to form steamy fumes.

(i) Identify the chemical responsible for the steamy fumes.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) The reaction of NaI(s) with concentrated sulfuric acid continues, forming several other
products, including a dark grey solid.

Identify the chemical responsible for the dark grey solid and one other product of this
further reaction.

dark grey solid .....................................................................................................................

other product .......................................................................................................................


[2]

(c) Explain the differences in observations, at room temperature, when NaI(s) reacts with
concentrated sulfuric acid compared to those for NaCl (s).

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) 
Complete the equation for the reaction of Br – with excess concentrated H2SO4 at room
temperature.

......Br – + ......H+ + ......H2SO4 → ...............................................................................


[1]

 [Total: 8]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/M/J/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
6

4 Aqueous bromine reacts with methanoic acid to form hydrogen bromide and carbon dioxide gas.

Br2(aq) + HCO2H(aq) → 2HBr(aq) + CO2(g)

The table shows the oxidation numbers of bromine and carbon in the species involved in this
reaction.

Br in Br2 C in HCO2H Br in HBr C in CO2


oxidation number 0 +2 –1 +4

(a) Identify the oxidising agent in this reaction. Explain your reasoning with reference to oxidation
numbers.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) Suggest one change you would observe, ignoring temperature changes, when bromine reacts
with methanoic acid.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) This reaction can be followed by measuring the concentration of bromine present in the mixture
at regular time intervals.

The graph shows the change in concentration of bromine against time in a reaction carried out
at 20 °C.

100

80

60
[Br2]  105
/ mol dm–3
40

20

0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
time / s

(i) Use the graph to calculate the average rate of reaction at 20 °C during the first 600 s. State
the units of this rate of reaction.

average rate of reaction .............................................. units ..............................................


[2]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/M/J/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
7

The experiment is repeated at a temperature of 40 °C. This relatively small increase in


temperature produces a large increase in reaction rate.

(ii) Sketch a graph, on the same axes, to show the expected results when repeating the
experiment at 40 °C.[1]

(iii) 
The rate of reaction increases when the frequency of successful collisions between
reactant particles increases.

Explain why an increase in temperature produces this effect.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(d) Complete the ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram, showing outer electrons only, to show the bonding in
methanoic acid, HCO2H.

H O H

[2]

 [Total: 9]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/M/J/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
8

5 (a) Naphtha is a mixture which contains only hydrocarbon molecules.

(i) What is meant by the term hydrocarbon?

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Name the raw material that is used to produce a sample of naphtha.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(b) Compound V is found in naphtha. It has a molecular formula C10H22.

When V is heated at high pressure in the absence of air, an equal number of moles of ethene,
propene and W are made. W is a compound made of straight chain, saturated molecules.

(i) Name the process that describes this reaction.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Deduce the structure of W. Draw its structure below.

[1]

(c) Propene is separated from the mixture and heated in air in the presence of a catalyst. Propene
is oxidised to X, which contains two functional groups.

(i) Effervescence is seen when Na2CO3(aq) is added to X.

Identify the functional group present in X which is responsible for this observation.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Identify a reagent which could be used to show that X contains a C=C. Include relevant
observations.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/M/J/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
9

(d) 
X reacts with another reagent to form Y.

Molecules of Y react together to form addition polymer Z. The diagram shows the repeat unit
of polymer Z.

repeat unit of polymer Z

O O– Na+

Draw the structural formula of monomer Y.

[1]

(e) Polymer Z is useful because it absorbs large amounts of water. However, there are problems
associated with the disposal of products containing polymer Z.

Combustion is not an appropriate method to dispose of pure Z because the process releases
harmful gases. Some of these gases contribute to the enhanced greenhouse effect.

(i) Identify a gas released during the combustion of Z which contributes to the enhanced
greenhouse effect.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Identify another gas which could be produced during the combustion of pure Z. Describe
a consequence, other than the enhanced greenhouse effect, of its release into the
atmosphere.

gas .......................................................................................................................................

consequence .......................................................................................................................
[1]

 [Total: 10]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/M/J/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
10

6 Propene, C3H6, reacts with H2O in the presence of an acid catalyst to form an alcohol with molecular
formula C3H8O.

(a) Name this type of reaction.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) Name the catalyst used and state the conditions needed for this reaction to occur.

catalyst .......................................................................................................................................

conditions ...................................................................................................................................
[2]

(c) Complete the table to show the numbers of sigma (σ) bonds and pi (π) bonds present in
propene, C3H6, and C3H8O.

σ π

C3H6

C 3H 8O
[2]

(d) The reaction of propene, C3H6, with H2O occurs in a two-step mechanism. In step 1 C3H6 reacts
with the catalyst, H+, to form a carbocation.

(i) Draw structures to identify the more stable and less stable carbocations which can form in
step 1. Explain your answer.

more stable carbocation less stable carbocation

explanation ..........................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................
[3]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/M/J/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
11

(ii) Name the major organic product formed from the reaction of propene, C3H6, with H2O.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(e) 2-bromopropane reacts to form propene, hydrogen bromide and water under certain conditions.

(i) Name this type of reaction.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Describe the reagents and conditions needed to favour this reaction.

reagents ...............................................................................................................................

conditions ............................................................................................................................
[2]

 [Total: 12]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/M/J/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/M/J/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama

Cambridge International AS & A Level

CHEMISTRY 9701/11
Paper 1 Multiple Choice October/November 2021
1 hour

You must answer on the multiple choice answer sheet.


*2315248955*

You will need: Multiple choice answer sheet


Soft clean eraser
Soft pencil (type B or HB is recommended)
Data booklet

INSTRUCTIONS
 There are forty questions on this paper. Answer all questions.
 For each question there are four possible answers A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider correct
and record your choice in soft pencil on the multiple choice answer sheet.
 Follow the instructions on the multiple choice answer sheet.
 Write in soft pencil.
 Write your name, centre number and candidate number on the multiple choice answer sheet in the
spaces provided unless this has been done for you.
 Do not use correction fluid.
 Do not write on any bar codes.
 You may use a calculator.

INFORMATION
 The total mark for this paper is 40.
 Each correct answer will score one mark.
 Any rough working should be done on this question paper.

This document has 16 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.

IB21 11_9701_11/FP
© UCLES 2021 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
2

Section A

For each question there are four possible answers A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider to be
correct.

Use of the Data Booklet may be appropriate for some questions.

1 The mass spectrum of a sample of neon is shown. The relative abundance of each peak is
written in brackets above it.

(100)

relative
abundance

(8)
(0.3)

20 21 22
mass
charge

What is the relative atomic mass, Ar, of this sample of neon?

A 20.15 B 20.20 C 21.00 D 21.82

2 2.0 g of ammonium nitrate, NH4NO3, decomposes to give 0.90 g of water and a single gas.

What is the identity of the gas?

A NO B NO2 C N2O D N2

3 Which of these elements has the highest fifth ionisation energy?

A C B N C P D Si

4 The ion X2+ has the same electronic configuration as the atom Kr.

What is the electronic configuration of an atom of X?

A [Ar] 4s23d104p6
B [Ar] 4s23d104p65s2
C [Ar] 4s24d104p6
D [Ar] 4s24d104p65s2

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/O/N/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
3

5 Which type of interaction exists between water molecules and metal cations in aqueous solution?

A dipole-dipole interactions
B hydrogen bonds
C ion-dipole interactions
D ionic bonds

6 Which substance shows the greatest deviation from the properties of an ideal gas under room
conditions?

A CO2(g) B H2(g) C Ne(g) D NH3(g)

7 In order to determine the enthalpy of neutralisation of a strong acid and a strong alkali, 25.0 cm3
of 2.00 mol dm‒3 sodium hydroxide is added to 25.0 cm3 of 2.00 mol dm‒3 hydrochloric acid. The
increase in temperature is 12 C.

In a second experiment, the same method is used, but 50.0 cm3 of 2.00 mol dm‒3
sodium hydroxide is added to 50.0 cm3 of 2.00 mol dm‒3 hydrochloric acid.

What is the increase in temperature in the second experiment?

A 6 C B 12 C C 24 C D 48 C

8 Which equation represents the enthalpy change of atomisation of iodine?

A 1
2
I2(g)  I(g)

B I2(g)  2I(g)

C 1
2
I2(s)  I(g)

D I2(s)  2I(g)

9 Zinc atoms can be oxidised to Zn2+ ions by dichromate(VI) ions in acid solution. Chromium is
reduced to Cr3+ in this reaction.

Which equation is correct?

A Cr2O72– + Zn + 14H+  2Cr3+ + Zn2+ + 7H2O

B Cr2O72– + Zn + 14H+  2Cr3+ + 3Zn2+ + 7H2O

C Cr2O72– + 3Zn + 14H+  2Cr3+ + 3Zn2+ + 7H2O

D 2Cr2O72– + 3Zn + 14H+  2Cr3+ + 3Zn2+ + 7H2O

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/O/N/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
4

10 The equation shows that H2(g) and I2(g) react to form an equilibrium mixture.

H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g) H o = –9.6 kJ mol–1

A mixture containing equal amounts of H2(g) and I2(g) is made at temperature T1 and the
composition of the mixture is monitored. A graph of the results is shown.

0.5
mole fraction
of I2(g)
0.23

0
0 time

The experiment is repeated at a lower temperature, T2.

Which new graph would be obtained?

A B
0.5 0.5
mole fraction mole fraction
of I2(g) of I2(g)
0.23 0.23

0 0
0 time 0 time

C D
0.5 0.5
mole fraction mole fraction
of I2(g) of I2(g)
0.23 0.23

0 0
0 time 0 time

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/O/N/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
5

11 The diagram shows the Boltzmann distribution of energies for a reactant gas. For a particular
reaction, the activation energy is X.

number of
particles with
energy, E

0
0 X
energy, E

Which change to the diagram occurs if an effective catalyst is added at the same temperature?

A More particles will possess higher values of E.


B The peak will move to the left.
C The peak will move to the right.
D The value of the activation energy decreases.

12 Which element requires the least number of moles of oxygen for the complete combustion of
1 mol of its atoms?

A aluminium
B magnesium
C phosphorus
D sodium

13 An element, Y, reacts according to the following sequence.

burns an excess of
in O2 HCl (aq) NaOH(aq) NaOH(aq)
Y white solid solution white precipitate solution

What could be element Y?

A Na B Mg C Al D P

14 In which list are all three compounds soluble in water?

A barium chloride, calcium carbonate, magnesium hydroxide


B barium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, strontium carbonate
C barium chloride, barium hydroxide, magnesium sulfate
D barium sulfate, calcium sulfate, magnesium hydroxide

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/O/N/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
6

15 Anhydrous magnesium nitrate, Mg(NO3)2, decomposes when heated, giving a white solid and a
mixture of two gases, X and Y.

Y is oxygen.

What is the ratio mass of X released ?


mass of Y released
A 1 B 1 C 1 D 1
0.174 0.267 0.348 3.43

16 In a series of nine experiments, to test the reactivity of the halogens, an aqueous solution of each
halogen is added to an equal volume of an aqueous solution containing halide ions, as shown in
the table.

halogen halide solution


solution sodium chloride (aq) sodium bromide (aq) sodium iodide (aq)

chlorine (aq) experiment 1 experiment 2 experiment 3


bromine (aq) experiment 4 experiment 5 experiment 6
iodine (aq) experiment 7 experiment 8 experiment 9

The nine resulting mixtures are then shaken separately with an equal volume of hexane. The nine
tubes are left to stand so that the aqueous and organic solvents separate into layers.

How many test-tubes contain a purple upper hexane layer?

A 1 B 2 C 3 D 5

17 Z is a compound of sodium, chlorine and oxygen.

It contains 45.1% by mass of oxygen.

Z is prepared by reacting sodium hydroxide with chlorine.

Which row shows the conditions used for the reaction and the oxidation state of chlorine in Z?

reaction conditions oxidation state of Cl in Z

A cold dilute NaOH +1


B cold dilute NaOH +5
C hot concentrated NaOH +1
D hot concentrated NaOH +5

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/O/N/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
7

18 Which row is correct?

shape bonds present


ammonia ammonium ammonia ammonium
molecule ion molecule ion

A pyramidal regular tetrahedral  


B pyramidal regular tetrahedral  
C regular tetrahedral pyramidal  
D regular tetrahedral pyramidal  

19 The table describes two possible environmental consequences of adding too much ammonium
nitrate fertiliser to the soil.

Which row is correct?

increased plant photochemical


growth in rivers smog

A  
B  
C  
D  

20 Hex-2-ene can be made by the reaction shown.

H O– HO

+ I–

Which statement about this reaction is correct?

A (CH3)3CO– is behaving as a Brønsted-Lowry base.


B (CH3)3CO– is behaving as an oxidising agent.

C The C–I bond breaks via homolytic fission.


D This is a hydrolysis reaction.

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/O/N/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
8

21 Structural isomerism only should be considered when answering this question.

Molecule X contains three C=C double bonds. One mole of X is reacted with three moles of HBr.
The carbon skeleton is unchanged.

molecule X

How many different products are formed?

A 3 B 4 C 6 D 8

22 Structural isomerism and stereoisomerism should be considered when answering this question.

A colourless liquid, C5H11Cl , exists as a mixture of two optical isomers.

When heated with sodium hydroxide in ethanol, a mixture of only two alkenes is formed.

What could the colourless liquid be?

A (CH3CH2)2CHCl
B CH3CH2CH2CHCl CH3
C CH3CH2CCl (CH3)2
D (CH3)2CHCHCl CH3

23 When 2-bromo-2-methylpropane reacts with aqueous sodium hydroxide, an alcohol is formed.

Which diagram describes the first step in the reaction mechanism?

A B C D

CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3


G+ G– G+ G– G+ G– G+ G–
H3C C Br H3C C Br H3C C Br H3C C Br
– –
CH3 CH3 HO•• CH3 HO•• CH3

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/O/N/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
9

24 When an organic compound, Q, is treated with phosphorus pentachloride, fumes of hydrogen


chloride are evolved. When Q is warmed with acidified aqueous potassium dichromate(VI), the
solution turns green.

What is Q?

A CH3CH2CHO
B CH3CH2CO2H
C CH3CH(OH)CH3
D (CH3)3COH

25 Alcohol Y gives a yellow precipitate with alkaline aqueous iodine. It can be oxidised to give a
mixture of products including substance Z. Substance Z gives a red-brown precipitate with
Fehling’s solution.

Which alcohol could be Y?

A CH3CH(OH)CH(CH3)CH2OH
B CH3C(OH)(CH3)CH2CH2OH
C CH3CH(OH)CH2CH(OH)CH3
D CH2(OH)CH2CH(OH)CH2CH3

26 CH3CH2COCH2CH3 reacts with hydrogen cyanide to form an organic product called a


cyanohydrin.

Which statement is correct?

A The cyanohydrin product has one chiral centre.


B The cyanohydrin product is formed by electrophilic addition.
C The cyanohydrin product is formed via an intermediate which contains a C–OH group.
D The formation of the cyanohydrin product requires the use of cyanide ions as a catalyst.

27 Reduction of compound R with LiAl H4 gives the compound 4-methylpentane-2,3-diol.

What could be the identity of compound R?

A B C D
O O O O O O

O O

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/O/N/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
10

28 Citric acid is found in lemon juice.

citric acid
HO2CCH2C(OH)(CO2H)CH2CO2H

Which volume of 0.40 mol dm–3 sodium hydroxide solution is required to neutralise a solution
containing 0.0050 mol of citric acid?

A 12.5 cm3 B 25.0 cm3 C 37.5 cm3 D 50.0 cm3

29 The structural formula of an ester is (CH3)2CHOCO(CH2)2CH3.

This ester is boiled with aqueous hydrochloric acid.

Which two products are formed?

A propan-1-ol and butanoic acid


B propan-2-ol and butanoic acid
C propan-1-ol and propanoic acid
D propan-2-ol and propanoic acid

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/O/N/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
11

30 The infra-red spectra of three organic compounds are shown.

100

transmittance / %
spectrum 1 50

0
4000 3000 2000 1500 1000 500
wavenumber / cm–1

100

transmittance / %
spectrum 2 50

0
4000 3000 2000 1500 1000 500
wavenumber / cm–1

100

transmittance / %
spectrum 3 50

0
4000 3000 2000 1500 1000 500
wavenumber / cm–1

What could the three compounds be?

spectrum 1 spectrum 2 spectrum 3

A propanoic acid propanone propan-2-ol


B propanone propanoic acid propan-2-ol
C propanone propan-2-ol propanoic acid
D propan-2-ol propanoic acid propanone

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/O/N/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
12

Section B

For each of the questions in this section, one or more of the three numbered statements 1 to 3 may
be correct.

Decide whether each of the statements is or is not correct (you may find it helpful to put a tick against
the statements that you consider to be correct).

The responses A to D should be selected on the basis of

A B C D

1, 2 and 3 1 and 2 2 and 3 1 only


are only are only are is
correct correct correct correct

No other combination of statements is used as a correct response.

Use of the Data Booklet may be appropriate for some questions.

31 Which changes can be used to measure the rates of chemical reactions?

1 the decrease in concentration of a reactant per unit time


2 the rate of appearance of a product
3 the increase in total volume of gas per unit time at constant pressure

32 Iron reacts with steam to produce hydrogen and an oxide of iron.

3Fe(s) + 4H2O(g) Fe3O4(s) + 4H2(g)

A system containing all four substances is at equilibrium.

Which changes will decrease the mass of Fe present at equilibrium?

1 addition of steam at constant pressure


2 increase in overall pressure
3 addition of an effective catalyst

33 Ethylene glycol, HOCH2CH2OH, is used as a de-icer. It allows ice to melt at temperatures


below 0 C.

Which statements are correct?

1 Ethylene glycol disrupts the extensive network of hydrogen bonds in ice.


2 Ethylene glycol molecules form hydrogen bonds with other ethylene glycol molecules.
3 Ethylene glycol molecules will dissolve in the water formed from the ice.

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/O/N/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
13

34 Which molecules contain at least one unpaired electron?

1 NO
2 NO2
3 NH3

35 Which elements form a chloride in which both covalent bonding and coordinate (dative covalent)
bonding are present?

1 Al
2 Si
3 Mg

36 Which statements about calcium oxide are correct?

1 It can be reduced by heating with magnesium.


2 It is produced when calcium nitrate is heated.
3 It reacts with cold water.

37 A diketo acid is a compound with two ketone groups and one carboxylic acid group.

limonene terpinolene

Which statements about the reactions of limonene and terpinolene are correct?

1 When reacted with an excess of hydrogen and a nickel catalyst, limonene and terpinolene
produce the same compound.
2 An excess of hot concentrated acidified KMnO4 reacts with limonene and with terpinolene to
form different diketo acids.
3 The reactions of limonene and terpinolene with an excess of Br2 produce positional isomers
with the same number of chiral carbon atoms.

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/O/N/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
14

The responses A to D should be selected on the basis of

A B C D

1, 2 and 3 1 and 2 2 and 3 1 only


are only are only are is
correct correct correct correct

No other combination of statements is used as a correct response.

38 One molecule of dodecane, C12H26, is cracked, producing three product molecules, X, Y and Z.

X is a straight chain alkane. Y and Z are straight chain alkenes with different Mr values.

Which statements about X, Y and Z are correct?

1 If Y and Z are but-1-ene and ethene respectively, X will be hexane.


2 If X is butane, then Y and Z could both show cis-trans isomerism.
3 X could be octane.

39 Which statements about chlorofluoroalkanes are correct?

1 Both the C–Cl and C–F bonds are readily dissociated by ultra-violet light.
2 They have caused ozone depletion.
3 They are relatively chemically inert.

40 Which reactions of propan-1-ol have water as one of the products?

1 passing propan-1-ol vapour over hot Al 2O3


2 mixing propan-1-ol with warm ethanoic acid and a few drops of concentrated sulfuric acid
3 warming propan-1-ol with HBr

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/O/N/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
15

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/O/N/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2021 9701/11/O/N/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama

Cambridge International AS & A Level


*7997951444*

CHEMISTRY9701/21
Paper 2 AS Level Structured Questions October/November 2021

 1 hour 15 minutes

You must answer on the question paper.

You will need: Data booklet

INSTRUCTIONS
● Answer all questions.
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
● Do not write on any bar codes.
● You may use a calculator.
● You should show all your working, use appropriate units and use an appropriate number of significant
figures.

INFORMATION
● The total mark for this paper is 60.
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].

This document has 16 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.

IB21 11_9701_21/FP
© UCLES 2021 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
2

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided.

1 Sulfides are compounds that contain sulfur but not oxygen.

(a) Carbon disulfide, CS2, is a volatile liquid at room temperature and pressure.

(i) State the meaning of volatile.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram of the CS2 molecule.

[2]

(iii) Suggest the bond angle in a molecule of CS2.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iv) CS2 is a liquid under room conditions, while CO2 is a gas.

Explain what causes the difference in the physical properties between CS2 and CO2.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/O/N/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
3

(b) The enthalpy change of combustion of CS2(l) is represented by the following equation.

∆Hc
CS2(l) + 3O2(g) CO2(g) + 2SO2(g)

(i) Define enthalpy change of combustion.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) The table shows the enthalpy changes of formation of CS2(l), CO2(g) and SO2(g).

enthalpy change of
compound
formation, ∆Hf / kJ mol–1
CS2(l) +89.7
CO2(g) –394
SO2(g) –297

 se the data in the table to calculate the enthalpy change of combustion, ∆Hc, of CS2(l), in
U
kJ mol–1.

Show your working.

 ∆Hc of CS2(l) = .............................. kJ mol–1


[2]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/O/N/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
4

(c) H
 ydrogen sulfide gas, H2S(g), is slightly soluble in water. It acts as a weak acid in aqueous
solution.

(i) State the meaning of weak acid.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Give the formula of the conjugate base of H2S.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) H2S(aq) reacts slowly with oxygen dissolved in water. The reaction is represented by the
following equation.
1
H2S(aq) + 2 O2(aq) → H2O(l) + S(s)

Explain, with reference to oxidation numbers, why this reaction is a redox reaction.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/O/N/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
5

(d) The compound As2S3 is a common mineral.

When As2S3 is heated strongly in air, it forms a mixture of products, as shown.

2As2S3(s) + 9O2(g) → As4O6(s) + 6SO2(g)

(i)  sample containing 0.198 g As2S3 is placed in 0.100 dm3 of pure oxygen, an excess, in a
A
reaction chamber connected to a gas syringe at room temperature.

 he reactants are heated until no further change is observed. The products are then
T
allowed to cool to room temperature.

Calculate the volume, in dm3, of gas present at the end of the experiment.

 he molar volume of gas is 24.0 dm3 mol–1 under these conditions. Assume that the
T
pressure is constant throughout the experiment.

Show your working.

 volume of gas remaining = ............................. dm3


[4]

(ii) State the environmental consequences of releasing SO2(g) into the atmosphere.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) SO2(g) can be removed from the air by reacting it with NaOH(aq).

Construct an equation for the reaction of SO2(g) with NaOH(aq). Include state symbols.

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

 [Total: 21]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/O/N/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
6

2 The reaction scheme shows some reactions of calcium.

reaction 1
Ca(s) Ca(NO3)2(aq) Ca(OH)2(aq)
HNO3 NaOH(aq)

heat reaction 2 CO2(g)

CaO(s) CaCO3(s) + H2O(l)

reaction 4 C(s) reaction 3 excess CO2(g)

CaC2(s) Ca(HCO3)2(aq)

(a) (i) Reaction 1 produces Ca(NO3)2 and one other product.

Identify the other product.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Construct an equation for the thermal decomposition of Ca(NO3)2(s).

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) State the trend in the thermal stability of the Group 2 nitrates down the group.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iv) In reaction 3, excess CO2 is bubbled through water containing CaCO3. A solution of
Ca(HCO3)2(aq) forms.

Construct an equation for reaction 3.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(b) Describe how Ca(OH)2 is used in agriculture.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/O/N/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
7

(c) In reaction 4, calcium carbide, CaC2, is formed from CaO.

CaC2 contains the C22– anion. Each carbon in C22– is sp hybridised.

(i) Describe how sp hybridised orbitals are formed.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Sketch a diagram to show how two sp hybrid orbitals can form a sigma (σ) bond.

[2]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/O/N/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
8

(d) The flowchart shows some reactions of CaC2.

reaction 5
CaC2 CaCN2 CaCO3 + NH3
N2 H 2O

NaCl and C

NaCN

(i) Reaction 5 can be used to prepare NH3.

CaCN2 + 3H2O → CaCO3 + 2NH3

 alculate the minimum mass, in tonnes, of calcium cyanamide, CaCN2, that is required to
C
produce 1.50 × 106 tonnes of NH3.

Show your working.

1 tonne = 1.00 × 106 g

 minimum mass of CaCN2 = .............................. tonnes


[2]

(ii) Draw the structure of the organic products formed in the following reactions.

NaCN H2SO4(aq)
CH3CH2Br
dissolved heat under
in ethanol reflux

O NaCN
and HCN

[3]

 [Total: 13]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/O/N/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
9

3 Phosphorus is a reactive Period 3 element.

(a) Phosphorus has several allotropes. Details of two allotropes are given.

allotrope of phosphorus formula melting point / °C


white P4 44
red P 590

(i) White phosphorus and red phosphorus both have covalent bonding.

Suggest the types of structure shown by white phosphorus (P4) and red phosphorus (P).

Explain why red phosphorus (P) has a higher melting point than white phosphorus (P4).

structure of P4 ......................................................................................................................

structure of P .......................................................................................................................

explanation ..........................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................
[3]

(ii) Red phosphorus (P) forms when white phosphorus (P4) is exposed to sunlight.
1
4 P4(s) → P(s) ∆H = –17.6 kJ mol–1
white red

Use this information to draw a reaction pathway diagram to show the formation of red
phosphorus (P) from white phosphorus (P4).

enthalpy P4

progress of reaction
[1]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/O/N/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
10

(b) Some reactions of P4(s) are shown in the reaction scheme.

excess Cl 2(g)
P4(s) PCl 5(s)

excess O2(g) H2O(l) reaction 1

reaction 2
P4O10(s) Q
H2O(l)

(i) State the oxidation number of phosphorus in P4O10.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Deduce the identity of Q and hence construct chemical equations for reactions 1 and 2.

reaction 1 PCl 5 + .......H2O → ...............................................................................................

reaction 2 P4O10 + .......H2O → ..............................................................................................


[2]

(c) Triphenylphosphine is used in a type of reaction known as a Wittig reaction.

triphenylphosphine

where = –C6H5
P

(i) Give the empirical formula of triphenylphosphine.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/O/N/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
11

In a Wittig reaction, an aldehyde reacts with a halogenoalkane to form an alkene. The conversion
is shown in the following unbalanced equation.

O R2
triphenylphosphine
+ R2 I
R 1
H strong base
R1 H

Compound H can be made from propanal, C2H5CHO. Stage 3 in the reaction scheme is a
Wittig reaction.

NaBH4
stage 1 C2H5CHO G

red phosphorus and I2


stage 2 G C2H5CH2I

triphenylphosphine
stage 3 C2H5CH2I + C2H5CHO H
strong base
(Wittig reaction)

(ii) State the types of reaction that occur in stages 1 and 2.

stage 1 .................................................................................................................................

stage 2 .................................................................................................................................
[2]

(iii) Draw the structures of G and H in the boxes provided.

G H

[2]

(d) Identify the organic products formed when compound J, shown below, is heated with hot
concentrated acidified manganate(VII) ions.

J
hot concentrated MnO4–
H2SO4
[2]

 [Total: 14]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/O/N/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
12

4 Compound B is a liquid with a fruity smell.

B
O
Br
O

The reaction scheme shows how B can be made from ethanol, C2H5OH.

O O
reaction 1 reaction 2
C2H5OH Br
[O] HO HO

C2H5OH reaction 3
and H2SO4

B
O
Br
O

(a) (i) Reaction 1 is an oxidation reaction.

Give the reagent(s) and conditions required for reaction 1.

reagent(s) ............................................................................................................................

conditions ............................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) Construct an equation to represent reaction 1.

Use [O] to represent an oxygen atom from the oxidising agent in this reaction.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) Suggest the type of reaction that occurs in reaction 2.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iv) H2SO4 acts as a homogeneous catalyst in reaction 3.

Explain why H2SO4 is described as homogeneous.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/O/N/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
13

(b) Reaction 2 needs to take place in the absence of water to prevent formation of compound C.

C
O
OH
HO

If C is present in the reaction mixture of reaction 3, a different compound, compound D, will
also form. Compound D has two identical functional groups.

 he infrared spectrum of D shows strong absorptions at 1100 cm–1 and 1720 cm–1, but no
T
absorption due to O–H bonds.

Use the Data Booklet to identify the functional group present in D.

Explain your answer as fully as you can.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/O/N/21 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
14

(c) Some other reactions of C are shown.

C
O
OH
HO

Na2CO3

E F SOCl 2 G
(CH2OH)2 (CH2Cl )2

(i) Draw the structure of E.

[1]

(ii) Suggest why NaBH4 is not a suitable reagent to make F, (CH2OH)2, from C.
 xplain your answer.
E

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) Construct an equation for the reaction of (CH2OH)2 with SOCl 2 to form G, (CH2Cl )2.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(d) Explain why C is very soluble in water.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

 [Total: 12]

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/O/N/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
15

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/O/N/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2021 9701/21/O/N/21


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama

Cambridge International AS & A Level

CHEMISTRY 9701/11
Paper 1 Multiple Choice May/June 2022
1 hour 15 minutes

You must answer on the multiple choice answer sheet.


*6081105945*

You will need: Multiple choice answer sheet


Soft clean eraser
Soft pencil (type B or HB is recommended)

INSTRUCTIONS
 There are forty questions on this paper. Answer all questions.
 For each question there are four possible answers A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider correct
and record your choice in soft pencil on the multiple choice answer sheet.
 Follow the instructions on the multiple choice answer sheet.
 Write in soft pencil.
 Write your name, centre number and candidate number on the multiple choice answer sheet in the
spaces provided unless this has been done for you.
 Do not use correction fluid.
 Do not write on any bar codes.
 You may use a calculator.

INFORMATION
 The total mark for this paper is 40.
 Each correct answer will score one mark.
 Any rough working should be done on this question paper.
 The Periodic Table is printed in the question paper.
 Important values, constants and standards are printed in the question paper.

This document has 16 pages.

IB22 06_9701_11/5RP
© UCLES 2022 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
2

1 Which atom has its outermost electron in an orbital of the shape shown, with principal quantum
number 3?

A sodium
B chlorine
C calcium
D bromine

2 Which atom has the same number of electrons as the hydroxide ion, OH–?

A F B Ne C Na D Mg

3 In separate experiments, 5.0 g samples of each of four s-block metals are added to an excess of
water. The gas evolved is collected and its volume measured under the same conditions of
temperature and pressure for each sample.

Which metal produces the largest volume of gas?

A calcium
B potassium
C rubidium
D strontium

4 A student reacts 1 mol of copper with concentrated nitric acid to produce 1 mol of
copper(II) nitrate, 2 mol of water and substance X. No other product is formed.

Substance X does not contain copper or hydrogen.

What could be substance X?

A N2 B N2O C NO D NO2

5 In which structure are three atoms bonded together in a straight line?

A poly(ethene), ] ( CH2CH2 )n

B propane, C3H8
C silicon tetrachloride, SiCl 4
D sulfur hexafluoride, SF6

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/M/J/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
3

6 Which statement about aluminium chloride is correct?

A Aluminium chloride has a much higher melting point than magnesium chloride due to the
small size of the aluminium ion.
B Anhydrous aluminium chloride reacts vigorously with water to form a solution with a pH
greater than 7.
C Each Al 2Cl 6 molecule found in aluminium chloride vapour contains two coordinate bonds.
D The bonding between aluminium and chlorine is strongly ionic due to the large difference in
electronegativity.

7 ‘Black powder’ is a mixture of potassium nitrate, carbon and sulfur. The mixture reacts as shown.

4KNO3(s) + 7C(s) + S(s)  3CO2(g) + 3CO(g) + 2N2(g) + K2S(s) + K2CO3(s)

A sealed tube containing black powder has a volume of 10.0 cm3. When all of the black powder
reacts, the reaction causes a pressure of 2  106 Pa and a temperature of 2500 K.

The volume of the K2CO3 and K2S produced can be ignored.

How many moles of KNO3 are contained in the sealed tube?

A 4.81  10–4 B 9.63  10–4 C 1.93  10–3 D 9.63  10–1

8 For which pair is the boiling point of the first compound higher than the boiling point of the
second compound?

A CH3CH2OH and CH3CH2SH


B CH3CO2CH3 and CH3CH2CO2H
C CH3OCH3 and CH3CH2OH
D CH3CH2CHO and CH3CH2CO2H

9 The equation for an enthalpy change is shown. The enthalpy change is Q.

Q
2C(s) + 3H2(g) + 3.5O2(g) 2CO2(g) + 3H2O(l)

What is the correct expression to calculate Q?

A 2 [CO2(g)] – 3  [H2(g)]

B 3 [H2O(g)] + 2  [CO2(g)]

C 2 [CO2(g)] – 3  [H2(g)]

D 3 [H2O(l)] + 2  [CO2(g)]

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/M/J/22 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
4

10 A reaction pathway diagram for the reaction of aqueous sodium hydroxide and dilute sulfuric acid
is shown.

2NaOH + H2SO4 y

energy
x

Na2SO4 + 2H2O

progress of reaction

What is the value of the enthalpy change of neutralisation, Hneut?


x (x  y)
A x B x–y C D
2 2

11 A student reacts 4 mol of ammonia with oxygen to produce an oxide of nitrogen and water only.
Each nitrogen atom increases its oxidation state by 5 in the reaction.

How many moles of oxygen gas react with 4 mol of ammonia in this reaction?

A 4 mol B 5 mol C 7 mol D 10 mol

12 In the treatment of domestic water supplies, chlorine is added to water to kill bacteria. Some Cl O–
ions are formed.

What is the change in oxidation number of chlorine when forming the Cl O– ion from aqueous
chlorine?

A –1 B 0 C +1 D +2

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/M/J/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
5

13 Ethanoic acid is mixed with ethanol.

The ethanol is contaminated with a small amount of methanol.

The following equilibria are established.

CH3CO2H(l) + CH3CH2OH(l) CH3CO2CH2CH3(l) + H2O(l) Kc = K1


CH3CO2H(l) + CH3OH(l) CH3CO2CH3(l) + H2O(l) Kc = K2

Which statement about the equilibrium mixture is correct?

A Only ethyl ethanoate will be formed because there is much more ethanol present than
methanol.
[CH3CO2CH2CH3] K
B In this mixture = 1.
[CH3CO2CH3] K2
C Adding water to the mixture will alter the mole ratio of the two esters.
D Adding methyl ethanoate to the mixture will increase the number of moles of ethyl ethanoate.

14 SO3 is manufactured from SO2 and O2 in the Contact process.

The reaction is exothermic.

Which row shows the effect on the equilibrium yield obtained in the Contact process of increasing
the temperature and of adding a vanadium(V) oxide catalyst?

adding vanadium(V) oxide


increasing the temperature
as catalyst

A equilibrium yield decreases equilibrium yield increases


B equilibrium yield decreases equilibrium yield unchanged
C equilibrium yield increases equilibrium yield unchanged
D equilibrium yield increases equilibrium yield increases

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/M/J/22 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
6

15 The Boltzmann distribution for a gas at a constant temperature of 50 C is shown.

number of
molecules, n

0
0 X Y Z
molecular energy

If the temperature of the gas is reduced by 10 C, the graph changes shape.

What happens to the values of n for the molecular energies X, Y and Z?

X Y Z

A higher lower higher


B higher lower lower
C lower higher lower
D lower lower lower

16 A 3.0 g sample of Na2CO3 powder is stirred into 50 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm–3 HCl. The volume of CO2
produced is 600 cm3.

Na2CO3(s) + 2HCl (aq)  2NaCl (aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l)

[Mr: Na2CO3, 106.0]

Which volume of CO2 is produced if 1.0 g of Na2CO3 powder is stirred into 50 cm3 of
1.0 mol dm–3 HCl under the same conditions?

A 600 cm3 B 452 cm3 C 226 cm3 D 200 cm3

17 Solid sodium iodide reacts with concentrated sulfuric acid to form more than one product that
contains sulfur.

What is the lowest oxidation number of sulfur in these products?

A –2 B 0 C +4 D +6

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/M/J/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
7

18 Which statement for the element in Period 3 and Group 13 of the Periodic Table is correct?

A It has the highest melting point of the elements in its period.


B It has exactly one electron in its shell with principal quantum number 3.
C It forms an oxide that reacts with aqueous sodium hydroxide.
D It forms a chloride that dissolves in water to give a neutral solution.

19 A student reacts 0.100 mol of each of sodium, magnesium and phosphorus atoms separately with
an excess of oxygen.

Which rows are correct?

mass of oxide
oxide
formed / g

1 sodium 3.10
2 magnesium 4.03
3 phosphorus 7.10

A 1, 2 and 3 B 1 and 2 only C 1 and 3 only D 2 and 3 only

20 A mixture contains magnesium carbonate and barium carbonate only. A sample of the mixture is
dissolved in nitric acid to produce a solution.

How could this solution be processed into a magnesium compound and a separate barium
compound?

A Add HCl (aq), filter off the solid barium chloride.


B Add HCl (aq), filter off the solid magnesium chloride.
C Add H2SO4(aq), filter off the solid barium sulfate.
D Add H2SO4(aq), filter off the solid magnesium sulfate.

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/M/J/22 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
8

21 A sample of magnesium nitrate is heated in the apparatus shown.

gas collected
magnesium
nitrate

trough

water
heat

The pH of the solution in the trough is measured.

The gas collected is tested with a glowing splint.

What are the results?

pH of solution
splint test
in trough

A 8 relights
B 2 relights
C 8 extinguished
D 2 extinguished

22 The results of tests performed on a white crystalline solid, X, are given in the table.

reagent and conditions observation

X is gently heated X sublimes


X is shaken with H2O a colourless solution, Y, forms
Y is warmed with NaOH(aq) a gas is given off
AgNO3(aq) is added to Y a white precipitate, Z, forms
Z is shaken with NH3(aq) a colourless solution forms

What is the identity of X?

A aluminium bromide
B aluminium chloride
C ammonium bromide
D ammonium chloride

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/M/J/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
9

23 Silicon is heated in an excess of chlorine, producing compound J.

An excess of water is added to the sample of J produced.

Which row is correct?

Is HCl produced
structure of J when water is
added to J?

A giant molecular no
B giant molecular yes
C simple molecular no
D simple molecular yes

24 In a catalytic converter, 5.6 g of carbon monoxide react with an excess of nitrogen monoxide.

What is produced in this reaction?

A 2.4 g of C and 6.0 g of NO2


B 2.4 g of C and 9.2 g of NO2
C 8.8 g of CO2 and 1.4 g of N2
D 8.8 g of CO2 and 2.8 g of N2

25 Which reaction mixture produces an acidic gas?

A aqueous ammonium nitrate and solid calcium oxide


B calcium and aqueous hydrochloric acid
C potassium chloride and concentrated sulfuric acid
D sodium oxide and water

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/M/J/22 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
10

26 Ethanol can be used to make propanenitrile in two steps.

X Y
CH3CH2OH CH3CH2Br CH3CH2CN

What types of reaction are X and Y?

X Y

A free-radical substitution electrophilic substitution


B free-radical substitution nucleophilic substitution
C nucleophilic substitution nucleophilic substitution
D nucleophilic substitution electrophilic substitution

27 Which compound will react with LiAl H4 to form two optical isomers?

A CH3CH2COCH3
B CH3CH2CH2CHO
C CH3CH2COCH2CH3
D CH3CH(CH3)CH2CO2H

28 How many esters have the molecular formula C4H8O2?

A 2 B 3 C 4 D 5

29 Carbon monoxide, CO, nitrogen dioxide, NO2, and sulfur dioxide, SO2, are all atmospheric
pollutants.

Which reaction occurs in the atmosphere?

A CO is spontaneously oxidised to CO2.


B NO2 is reduced to NO by SO2.
C NO2 is reduced to NO by CO.
D SO2 is oxidised to SO3 by CO2.

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/M/J/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
11

30 Oct-1-ene, CH3(CH2)5CH=CH2, can be thermally cracked.

Which of the compounds W, X, Y and Z can be obtained by thermally cracking oct-1-ene?

W X Y Z
CH2=CH2 CH3CH=CH2 CH3CH2CH3 CH2=CHCH=CH2

A W, X, Y and Z
B W, X and Y only
C W, X and Z only
D W and X only

31 Structural isomerism and stereoisomerism should be taken into account when answering this
question.

How many isomeric alkenes with formula C5H8 are present in the mixture produced when
1,4-dibromopentane is reacted with NaOH in ethanol?

A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4

32 The presence of a halogen in an organic compound may be detected by warming the organic
compound with aqueous silver nitrate.

Which compound would be the quickest to produce a precipitate?

A B C D
Cl F F Cl

Cl Cl F Br

Cl F I F

33 17.6 g of pentan-1-ol is completely combusted.

Which volume of gaseous products is formed when measured at s.t.p.?

A 22.4 dm3 B 24.0 dm3 C 49.3 dm3 D 52.8 dm3

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/M/J/22 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
12

34 Crotyl alcohol, CH3CH=CHCH2OH, is a colourless liquid which is used as a solvent.

Crotyl alcohol will react separately with Br2, K2Cr2O7 / H+, conc. KMnO4 / H+ and PCl 5 under
suitable conditions.

Which row is correct?

reactant conditions main product

A Br2 room temperature CH3CH=CHCH2Br


B K2Cr2O7 / H+ heat under reflux CH3CH=CHCHO
C conc. KMnO4 / H+ heat under reflux CH3CH=CHCO2H
D PCl 5 room temperature CH3CH=CHCH2Cl

35 The skeletal formulae of two organic compounds are shown.

Which reagents can be used to distinguish these two compounds?

1 alkaline I2(aq)
2 acidified K2Cr2O7
3 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine (2,4-DNPH reagent)

A 1, 2 and 3 B 1 and 3 only C 2 and 3 only D 2 only

36 A carbonyl compound, X, reacts with HCN in the presence of NaCN to make a compound with
Mr 85. Compound X does not react with Fehling’s reagent.

What is compound X?

A butanal
B butanone
C propanal
D propanone

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/M/J/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
13

37 Which compound produces butan-2-ol and ethanoic acid on hydrolysis?

A CH3CO2CH(CH3)2
B CH3CO2CH(CH3)CH2CH3
C CH3CH(CH3)CO2CH2CH3
D CH3CH2CO2CH(CH3)CH2CH3

38 Two 1 g samples of Y are reacted separately and completely with sodium and with
sodium carbonate. The volumes of the gases produced are collected and measured.

relative volumes of gases


with Na with Na2CO3

Y 2 1

What could Y be?

A CH3CH(OH)CH2OH
B CH3CH(OH)CO2H
C CH3COCH2OH
D CH3COCO2H

39 The diagram shows a section of an addition polymer formed from two different monomers.

One of the monomers is propene.

What is the other monomer?

A B C D

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/M/J/22 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
14

40 A scientist chooses either infrared spectroscopy or mass spectrometry to find a particular piece of
information.

In which row has the best choice been made?

target information analytic method used

A identities of functional groups in an organic compound infrared spectroscopy


B identities of functional groups in an organic compound mass spectrometry
C values of successive ionisation energies of Na infrared spectroscopy
D values of successive ionisation energies of Na mass spectrometry

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/M/J/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
15

Important values, constants and standards

molar gas constant R = 8.31 J K–1 mol–1


Faraday constant F = 9.65  104 C mol–1
Avogadro constant L = 6.02  1023 mol–1
electronic charge e = –1.60  10–19 C
molar volume of gas Vm = 22.4 dm3 mol–1 at s.t.p. (101 kPa and 273 K)
Vm = 24.0 dm3 mol–1 at room conditions
ionic product of water Kw = 1.00  10–14 mol2 dm–6 (at 298 K (25 C))
specific heat capacity of water c = 4.18 kJ kg–1 K–1 (4.18 J g–1 K–1)

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of Cambridge Assessment. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of Cambridge
Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/M/J/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
© UCLES 2022
The Periodic Table of Elements
Group
1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18
1 2

H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1.0 4.0
3 4 atomic number 5 6 7 8 9 10

Li Be atomic symbol B C N O F Ne
lithium beryllium name boron carbon nitrogen oxygen fluorine neon
6.9 9.0 relative atomic mass 10.8 12.0 14.0 16.0 19.0 20.2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar
sodium magnesium aluminium silicon phosphorus sulfur chlorine argon
23.0 24.3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 27.0 28.1 31.0 32.1 35.5 39.9
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
potassium calcium scandium titanium vanadium chromium manganese iron cobalt nickel copper zinc gallium germanium arsenic selenium bromine krypton
39.1 40.1 45.0 47.9 50.9 52.0 54.9 55.8 58.9 58.7 63.5 65.4 69.7 72.6 74.9 79.0 79.9 83.8
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16

Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
rubidium strontium yttrium zirconium niobium molybdenum technetium ruthenium rhodium palladium silver cadmium indium tin antimony tellurium iodine xenon
85.5 87.6 88.9 91.2 92.9 95.9 – 101.1 102.9 106.4 107.9 112.4 114.8 118.7 121.8 127.6 126.9 131.3

9701/11/M/J/22
Fahama

55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
lanthanoids
Cs Ba Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tl Pb Bi Po At Rn
caesium barium hafnium tantalum tungsten rhenium osmium iridium platinum gold mercury thallium lead bismuth polonium astatine radon
132.9 137.3 178.5 180.9 183.8 186.2 190.2 192.2 195.1 197.0 200.6 204.4 207.2 209.0 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118
actinoids
Fr Ra Rf Db Sg Bh Hs Mt Ds Rg Cn Nh Fl Mc Lv Ts Og
francium radium rutherfordium dubnium seaborgium bohrium hassium meitnerium darmstadtium roentgenium copernicium nihonium flerovium moscovium livermorium tennessine oganesson
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
lanthanoids La Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
lanthanum cerium praseodymium neodymium promethium samarium europium gadolinium terbium dysprosium holmium erbium thulium ytterbium lutetium
138.9 140.1 140.9 144.4 – 150.4 152.0 157.3 158.9 162.5 164.9 167.3 168.9 173.1 175.0
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
actinoids Ac Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
actinium thorium protactinium uranium neptunium plutonium americium curium berkelium californium einsteinium fermium mendelevium nobelium lawrencium
– 232.0 231.0 238.0 – – – – – – – – – – –

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama

Cambridge International AS & A Level


*4784933053*

CHEMISTRY9701/21
Paper 2 AS Level Structured Questions May/June 2022

 1 hour 15 minutes

You must answer on the question paper.

No additional materials are needed.

INSTRUCTIONS
● Answer all questions.
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
● Do not write on any bar codes.
● You may use a calculator.
● You should show all your working and use appropriate units.

INFORMATION
● The total mark for this paper is 60.
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].
● The Periodic Table is printed in the question paper.
● Important values, constants and standards are printed in the question paper.

This document has 16 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.

IB22 06_9701_21/5RP
© UCLES 2022 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
2

1 Calcium, magnesium and radium are Group 2 elements. Radium follows the same trends as the
other members of Group 2.

(a) Identify the highest energy orbital which contains electrons in a calcium atom. Sketch the
shape of this orbital.

identity of highest energy orbital in Ca ..............................

shape

[1]

(b) (i) Write the equation for the thermal decomposition of calcium nitrate.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Suggest which of the Group 2 nitrates, calcium, magnesium or radium, requires the highest
temperature to decompose. Explain your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(c) 
Predict what you would observe when aqueous radium chloride is added to aqueous
sodium sulfate.
Do not refer to temperature changes in your answer.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

12Mg is an isotope of magnesium.


(d) (i) 
25

25
Determine the number of protons and neutrons in an atom of 12 Mg.

number of protons ...............................................................................................................

number of neutrons .............................................................................................................


[1]

(ii) 25
State the full electronic configuration of an atom of 12 Mg.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/M/J/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
3

(e) A sample of magnesium contains three isotopes, 25Mg, 26Mg and X.

The percentage abundance of the three isotopes is shown in Table 1.1.

Table 1.1

percentage
isotope of Mg mass / a.m.u.
abundance / %
X 78.99
25
Mg 24.99 10.00
26
Mg 25.98 11.01

(i) The relative atomic mass, Ar, is calculated by comparing the average mass of the isotopes
of an element to the unified atomic mass unit.

Define the unified atomic mass unit.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Calculate the mass of X. Use data from Table 1.1 and Ar (magnesium) = 24.31 in your
calculation. Show your working.

 mass of X = ..............................
[2]

(iii) State one similarity and one difference in the properties of these isotopes of magnesium.
Explain your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/M/J/22 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
4

(f) Magnesium, Mg, burns in oxygen, O2.


The activation energy, Ea, for this reaction is +148 kJ mol–1.

(i) State one observation when magnesium burns in oxygen.


Do not refer to temperature changes in your answer.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) On Fig. 1.1:

● sketch a reaction pathway diagram for the reaction that occurs when Mg burns in O2
● label the diagram to show the enthalpy change, ∆H, and the activation energy, Ea, for
the reaction.

enthalpy

progress of reaction

Fig. 1.1
[3]

(g) Cold water reacts slowly with a piece of Mg to produce bubbles of H2(g).
Cold water reacts rapidly with burning Mg to produce H2(g) in an explosive mixture.

Mg + 2H2O Mg(OH)2 + H2

Explain why the rate of reaction of cold water with burning magnesium is greater.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

 [Total: 17]

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/M/J/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
5

2 Nitrogen molecules, N2(g), contain two atoms attracted to each other by a triple covalent bond.

(a) Describe how the triple covalent bond forms in a N2(g) molecule. Refer to orbital overlap and
hybridisation in your answer.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

(b) Nitrogen oxides, NO2 and NO, are produced in internal combustion engines. Release of these
gases into the atmosphere leads to the formation of photochemical smog.

(i) Outline how nitrogen oxides are involved in the formation of photochemical smog.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) Construct an equation to demonstrate how a catalytic converter reduces the amount of
nitrogen oxide gases released into the atmosphere.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(c) N2(g) is very unreactive. It is difficult to make ammonia, NH3(g), directly from its elements but
it can be made from NH4Cl (s).

Identify a reagent and the conditions required to make NH3(g) from NH4Cl (s).

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/M/J/22 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
6

(d) 25 cm3 of 0.10 mol dm–3 HCl (aq) is added to a beaker and its pH is recorded.

50 cm3 of 0.10 mol dm–3 NH3(aq) is added to the HCl (aq) in 5 cm3 portions.

The pH of the mixture is monitored until all the NH3(aq) is added.

HCl is a strong Brønsted-Lowry acid.

(i) Describe what is meant by a strong Brønsted-Lowry acid.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) NH3 is a weak base.

Construct an equation that shows the behaviour of NH3 as a weak Brønsted-Lowry base
when dissolved in water.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) On Fig. 2.1 sketch a graph to show the change in pH which occurs when HCl (aq) is
titrated with NH3(aq) as described in (d).

14

pH 7

0
0 25 50
volume NH3 added / cm3

Fig. 2.1
[2]

 [Total: 12]

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/M/J/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
7

3 Liquids that contain molecules of T smell like lemons.

Fig. 3.1

(a) Molecules of T exist as a pair of stereoisomers.

Name the type of stereoisomerism shown by molecules of T. Explain your answer.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) Two organic products are produced when a sample of T is heated under reflux with excess
acidified concentrated KMnO4.

Draw the structure of the two organic products, from this reaction, in the boxes.

organic product 1 organic product 2

[2]

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/M/J/22 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
8

(c) Fig. 3.2 shows two reactions of T.

reaction 1 reaction 2

S Q R

OH + O
HO O
OH

Fig. 3.2

(i) Identify a suitable reagent for reaction 1.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Identify the reagent and conditions needed for reaction 2.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(iii) Suggest which product formed in reaction 2 has a higher yield. Explain your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [3]

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/M/J/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
9

(d) Separate samples of Q and R are added to separate test-tubes containing acidified K2Cr2O7(aq)
and heated.

Q R

O
HO O
OH

Fig. 3.3

(i) Predict the observations for each test-tube. Explain your answer in terms of the functional
groups present in Q and R.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [3]

(ii) When PCl 5(s) is added to separate samples of Q and R at room temperature, both react
vigorously.

Complete the equation shown in Fig. 3.4 to describe the reaction that occurs when R
reacts with PCl 5(s).

O + PCl 5
OH

Fig. 3.4
[2]

(iii) Suggest why samples of Q and R must be dried before PCl 5 is added. Include a relevant
equation to support your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

 [Total: 17]

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/M/J/22 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
10

4 Compound V is a liquid.

V contains 77.2% carbon, 11.4% hydrogen and 11.4% oxygen by mass.




V has a relative molecular mass of 280.




(a) Calculate the molecular formula of V. Show your working.

 molecular formula of V = .............................. [3]

(b) 
V contains two types of functional group: a carboxylic acid and an alkene.

(i)  escribe a chemical test and observation which confirms the presence of a carboxyl
D
functional group.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) A 3.196 g sample of Br2 reacts completely with 2.800 g of V.

Calculate how many alkene functional groups are present in one molecule of V. Show
your working.

 number of alkene functional groups in V = .............................. [1]

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/M/J/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
11

(c) 
W, X and Y have the same molecular formula, C5H10O.

W, X and Y are added separately to different reagents. Observations for these reactions are

described in Table 4.1.

Table 4.1

+ 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine + alkaline I2(aq) + Fehling’s reagent and warm


W orange precipitate seen no change orange-red precipitate seen
X orange precipitate seen yellow precipitate seen no change
Y orange precipitate seen

(i) 
W, X and Y each contain a common functional group.

Name the functional group that is present in all three compounds.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) State the formula of the yellow precipitate produced when X is added to alkaline I2(aq).

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) 
W could be one of four structural isomers.

●  raw the skeletal formulae for two possible structural isomers of W.


D
● Describe the type of structural isomerism shown.

isomer 1 isomer 2

type of structural isomerism

..............................................................................................................................................
[3]

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/M/J/22 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
12

(d) Fig. 5.1 shows the mass spectrum of ketone Z, C5H10O.

100

80

60
% abundance
40

20

0
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
m/e value

Fig. 5.1

Use the information in Fig. 5.1 to suggest the formulae of the fragments with m/e peaks at 29
and 57. Deduce the identity of Z.

m/e = 29 .....................................................................................................................................

m/e = 57 .....................................................................................................................................

identity of Z .................................................................................................................................
[3]

 [Total: 14]

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/M/J/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
13

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/M/J/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
14

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/M/J/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
15

Important values, constants and standards

molar gas constant R = 8.31 J K–1 mol–1


Faraday constant F = 9.65 × 104 C mol–1
Avogadro constant L = 6.022 × 1023 mol–1
electronic charge e = –1.60 × 10–19 C
molar volume of gas Vm = 22.4 dm3 mol–1 at s.t.p. (101 kPa and 273 K)
Vm = 24.0 dm3 mol–1 at room conditions
ionic product of water Kw = 1.00 × 10–14 mol2 dm–6 (at 298 K (25 °C))
specific heat capacity of water c = 4.18 kJ kg–1 K–1 (4.18 J g–1 K–1)

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/M/J/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
© UCLES 2022
The Periodic Table of Elements
Group
1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18
1 2

H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1.0 4.0
3 4 atomic number 5 6 7 8 9 10

Li Be atomic symbol B C N O F Ne
lithium beryllium name boron carbon nitrogen oxygen fluorine neon
6.9 9.0 relative atomic mass 10.8 12.0 14.0 16.0 19.0 20.2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar
sodium magnesium aluminium silicon phosphorus sulfur chlorine argon
23.0 24.3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 27.0 28.1 31.0 32.1 35.5 39.9
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.


K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
potassium calcium scandium titanium vanadium chromium manganese iron cobalt nickel copper zinc gallium germanium arsenic selenium bromine krypton
39.1 40.1 45.0 47.9 50.9 52.0 54.9 55.8 58.9 58.7 63.5 65.4 69.7 72.6 74.9 79.0 79.9 83.8
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16

Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
rubidium strontium yttrium zirconium niobium molybdenum technetium ruthenium rhodium palladium silver cadmium indium tin antimony tellurium iodine xenon
85.5 87.6 88.9 91.2 92.9 95.9 – 101.1 102.9 106.4 107.9 112.4 114.8 118.7 121.8 127.6 126.9 131.3

9701/21/M/J/22
Fahama

55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
lanthanoids
Cs Ba Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tl Pb Bi Po At Rn
caesium barium hafnium tantalum tungsten rhenium osmium iridium platinum gold mercury thallium lead bismuth polonium astatine radon
132.9 137.3 178.5 180.9 183.8 186.2 190.2 192.2 195.1 197.0 200.6 204.4 207.2 209.0 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118
actinoids
Fr Ra Rf Db Sg Bh Hs Mt Ds Rg Cn Nh Fl Mc Lv Ts Og
francium radium rutherfordium dubnium seaborgium bohrium hassium meitnerium darmstadtium roentgenium copernicium nihonium flerovium moscovium livermorium tennessine oganesson
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
lanthanoids La Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
lanthanum cerium praseodymium neodymium promethium samarium europium gadolinium terbium dysprosium holmium erbium thulium ytterbium lutetium
138.9 140.1 140.9 144.4 – 150.4 152.0 157.3 158.9 162.5 164.9 167.3 168.9 173.1 175.0
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
actinoids Ac Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
actinium thorium protactinium uranium neptunium plutonium americium curium berkelium californium einsteinium fermium mendelevium nobelium lawrencium
– 232.0 231.0 238.0 – – – – – – – – – – –

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Fahama

Cambridge International AS & A Level

CHEMISTRY 9701/11
Paper 1 Multiple Choice October/November 2022
1 hour 15 minutes

You must answer on the multiple choice answer sheet.


*7266925680*

You will need: Multiple choice answer sheet


Soft clean eraser
Soft pencil (type B or HB is recommended)

INSTRUCTIONS
• There are forty questions on this paper. Answer all questions.
• For each question there are four possible answers A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider correct
and record your choice in soft pencil on the multiple choice answer sheet.
• Follow the instructions on the multiple choice answer sheet.
• Write in soft pencil.
• Write your name, centre number and candidate number on the multiple choice answer sheet in the
spaces provided unless this has been done for you.
• Do not use correction fluid.
• Do not write on any bar codes.
• You may use a calculator.

INFORMATION
• The total mark for this paper is 40.
• Each correct answer will score one mark.
• Any rough working should be done on this question paper.
• The Periodic Table is printed in the question paper.
• Important values, constants and standards are printed in the question paper.

This document has 16 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.

IB22 11_9701_11/FP
© UCLES 2022 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
2

1 Which sample contains the same number of the named species as the number of molecules in
35.5 g of chlorine?

A atoms in 16 g of sulfur
B atoms in 23 g of sodium
C ions in 74.5 g of potassium chloride
D molecules in 88 g of carbon dioxide

2 Mixture R consists of one mole of C3H6 and one mole of C4H6.

What is the minimum number of moles of oxygen molecules needed for complete combustion of
mixture R?

A 6.5 B 7 C 10 D 20

3 Which statement about the electrons in a ground state carbon atom is correct?

A Electrons are present in four different energy levels.


B There are more electrons in p orbitals than there are in s orbitals.
C The occupied orbital of highest energy is spherical.
D The occupied orbital of lowest energy is spherical.

4 For the element sulfur, which pair of ionisation energies has the largest difference between them?

A third and fourth ionisation energies


B fourth and fifth ionisation energies
C fifth and sixth ionisation energies
D sixth and seventh ionisation energies

5 How many σ bonds are present in one H–C≡C–C(CH3)=CH(CH3) molecule?

A 5 B 11 C 13 D 16

6 Which molecule has an equal number of bonding electrons and lone-pair electrons?

A BH3 B CO2 C F2O D SO2

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/O/N/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
3

7 The table shows properties of four solids held together by different types of bonding.

Which row correctly describes the properties of a solid with a giant covalent structure?

solubility in
melting point
polar solvents

A high insoluble
B high soluble
C low insoluble
D low soluble

8 The carbonate of an s-block element is reacted with an excess of hydrochloric acid.

0.833 g of the carbonate releases 200 cm3 of gas, measured under room conditions.

What is the identity of the metal carbonate?

A Na2CO3 B K2CO3 C MgCO3 D CaCO3

9 The enthalpy changes of formation, , of both PCl 3 and PCl 5 are exothermic.

PCl 3 reacts with chlorine.

PCl 3(l) + Cl 2(g) → PCl 5(s) = –124 kJ mol–1

Which pair of statements is correct?

statement 1 statement 2
A is less negative than The Cl 2 bond energy is needed in calculating
(PCl 5). from enthalpies of formation.
B is more negative than The Cl 2 bond energy is needed in calculating
(PCl 5). from enthalpies of formation.
C is less negative than The Cl 2 bond energy is not needed in calculating
(PCl 5). from enthalpies of formation.
D is more negative than The Cl 2 bond energy is not needed in calculating
(PCl 5). from enthalpies of formation.

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/O/N/22 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
4

10 A student mixes 25.0 cm3 of 0.350 mol dm–3 sodium hydroxide solution with 25.0 cm3 of
0.350 mol dm–3 hydrochloric acid. The temperature increases by 2.5 °C. No heat is lost to the
surroundings.

The final mixture has a specific heat capacity of 4.2 J cm–3 K–1.

What is the molar enthalpy change for the reaction?

A –150 kJ mol–1
B –60 kJ mol–1
C –30 kJ mol–1
D –0.15 kJ mol–1

11 Ammonium ions are converted into nitrate ions by bacteria.

What is the change in the oxidation number of nitrogen?

A –6 B +6 C +8 D +9

12 Sodium dichromate(VI), Na2Cr2O7, reacts with hydrogen peroxide, H2O2, producing Cr3+ ions,
water and oxygen.

What is the correctly balanced ionic equation for this reaction?

A Cr2O72– + 2H+ + H2O2 → 2Cr3+ + 2H2O + 4O2

B Cr2O72– + 8H+ + 3H2O2 → 2Cr3+ + 7H2O + 3O2

C Cr2O72– + 8H+ + 6H2O2 → 2Cr3+ + 10H2O + 6O2

D Cr2O72– + 14H+ + 3H2O2 → 2Cr3+ + 7H2O + 3O2

13 In which equilibrium reaction is the position of equilibrium moved to the right-hand side by
increasing the temperature and also by decreasing the pressure?

A H2(g) + CO2(g) H2O(g) + CO(g) ∆H = 40 kJ mol–1


B N2O4(g) 2NO2(g) ∆H = 58 kJ mol–1
C 2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) ∆H = –197 kJ mol–1

D 2HI(g) H2(g) + I2(g) ∆H = –10 kJ mol–1

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/O/N/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
5

14 Ethanol is produced industrially by reacting ethene and steam.

C2H4(g) + H2O(g) C2H5OH(g)

Kp has a value of 1.8 × 10–5 and the partial pressures of the reactants at equilibrium are shown.

partial pressure
reactant
/ kPa

ethene 4.8 × 103


steam 2.8 × 103

Which row is correct?

partial pressure
of ethanol at units of Kp
equilibrium / kPa

A 2.42 × 102 kPa–1


B 2.42 × 102 kPa
C 7.47 × 1011 kPa–1
D 7.47 × 1011 kPa

15 A large excess of magnesium ribbon is added to dilute hydrochloric acid and the volume of
hydrogen gas produced is measured as the reaction proceeds. The reaction is exothermic.

The results are shown.

total
volume Q
/ cm3

P
time / s

Which row explains the changes in the rate of reaction between points P and Q and between
points Q and R?

between points P and Q between points Q and R

A the reaction temperature is increasing the acid concentration is falling


B the reaction temperature is increasing the magnesium has been used up
C magnesium’s surface area is decreasing the acid concentration is falling
D magnesium’s surface area is decreasing the magnesium has been used up

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/O/N/22 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
6

16 Measurements are made to determine the activation energy, Ea, of a reaction.

The diagram shows Ea on the Boltzmann distribution at temperature T1.

number of
molecules

0
0 Ea
energy

Measurements are then made at a higher temperature, T2.

Which diagram correctly shows the Boltzmann distribution and Ea at T2?

A B

number of number of
molecules molecules

0 0
0 Ea 0 Ea
energy energy

C D

number of number of
molecules molecules

0 0
0 Ea 0 Ea
energy energy

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/O/N/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
7

17 The electrical conductivities of two compounds, Y and Z, are shown.

for Y for Z
conductivity of the compound good does not
in the liquid state conduct
conductivity of the mixture obtained good good
by adding the compound to water

What are compounds Y and Z?

Y Z

A Al 2O3 SiCl 4
B NaCl Al 2O3
C NaCl SiCl 4
D SiCl 4 Al 2O3

18 Which row describes the relative sizes of the ionic radii of Na+, Mg2+ and S2–?

smallest largest

A Na+ Mg2+ S2–


B Mg2+ Na+ S2–
C S2– Na+ Mg2+
D S2– Mg2+ Na+

19 The oxides BaO, CaO, MgO and SrO all produce alkaline solutions when added to water.

Which oxide produces the saturated solution with the highest pH?

A BaO B CaO C MgO D SrO

20 Which row is correct?

the temperature needed to the solubility of


decompose Group 2 metal nitrates Group 2 sulfates

A decreases down the group decreases down the group


B decreases down the group increases down the group
C increases down the group increases down the group
D increases down the group decreases down the group

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/O/N/22 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
8

21 Which statement about Group 17 elements and compounds is correct?

A Sodium chloride produces chlorine when reacted with concentrated sulfuric acid.
B Sodium chloride produces chlorine when reacted with bromine.
C Sodium bromide produces bromine when reacted with concentrated sulfuric acid.
D Sodium bromide produces bromine when reacted with iodine in aqueous potassium iodide.

22 Chlorine is bubbled through 100 cm3 of hot 4.0 mol dm–3 sodium hydroxide until the reaction is
complete.

6NaOH(aq) + xCl 2(aq) → yNaCl (aq) + zNaCl O3(aq) + 3H2O(l)

Which row is correct?

[Na+](aq) after
x
reaction / mol dm–3

A 3 4.0
B 3 less than 4.0
C 6 4.0
D 6 less than 4.0

23 Which statement about ammonia or the ammonium ion is correct?

A Ammonia gas is produced when an aqueous solution containing the ammonium ion is
reacted with a strong acid.
B Silver iodide is soluble in a concentrated aqueous solution of ammonia.
C The ammonium ion has the same number of electrons as a methane molecule.
D The square planar ammonium ion contains a dative covalent bond.

24 Sulfur dioxide can be catalytically oxidised by an oxide of nitrogen in the atmosphere.

Which reaction shows how the catalyst is reformed?

A N2 + 2O2 2NO2

B 4NH3 + 5O2 → 4NO + 6H2O

C N2 + O2 → 2NO

D NO + 1
O
2 2
→ NO2

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/O/N/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
9

25 Separate 1.0 g samples of Na2O, MgO, Al 2O3, SiO2, NaCl, MgCl 2, Al 2Cl 6 and SiCl 4 are added to
separate beakers containing water and stirred.

The number of beakers containing a white solid is Q.

An excess of NaOH(aq) is then added to each beaker and stirred.

The number of beakers now containing a white solid is R.

Which row is correct?

Q R

A 3 2
B 3 3
C 4 3
D 4 4

26 Which pair of alcohols are isomers of each other?

A butan-1-ol and 2,2-dimethylpropan-1-ol


B butan-2-ol and 2-methylpropan-2-ol
C pentan-1-ol and 2-methylpropan-2-ol
D propan-2-ol and 2-methylpropan-2-ol

27 How many chiral carbon atoms are there in one molecule of 2,2,4,5-tetramethylhexan-3-ol?

A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4

28 Which pair of reagents react together in a redox reaction?

A CH3CHCH2 + Br2
B CH3CH2CH2OH + concentrated H3PO4
C CH3COCH3 + HCN
D HCO2C2H5 + dilute H2SO4

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/O/N/22 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
10

29 The structure of santonin is shown.

santonin
CH3

O CH3

CH3 O
O

Santonin is first treated with warm dilute H2SO4. The product of this reaction is treated with cold
dilute acidified KMnO4. A final product, Q, is obtained.

How many atoms of hydrogen in each molecule of product Q will react with sodium metal?

A 2 B 4 C 5 D 6

30 Compound R can be formed from 1-bromopropane using a nucleophilic substitution reaction


followed by an oxidation reaction.

What is the identity of R?

A propanoic acid
B propanone
C propylamine
D propyl ethanoate

31 Three colourless liquids with the following formulae are contained in separate unlabelled bottles.

CH3CH2CO2H CH3CH(OH)CO2H CH3COCO2H

Which two tests, carried out on separate samples of each liquid, will successfully identify each
liquid?

test 1 test 2

A NaHCO3 2,4-DNPH reagent


B NaHCO3 Tollens’ reagent
C warm acidified dichromate 2,4-DNPH reagent
D warm acidified dichromate Tollens’ reagent

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/O/N/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
11

32 An alcohol, X, reacts with a dicarboxylic acid, Y, to form a double ester, Z.

The diagram shows the structure of the ester.

Z
O O

O O

Which row about the reactants forming ester Z is correct?

the class of the shape of


alcohol X the ring in Y

A secondary non-planar
B secondary planar
C tertiary non-planar
D tertiary planar

33 W reacts with alkaline I2(aq) to form a yellow precipitate and CH3CH2CO2– ions.

Which row identifies W and the yellow precipitate?

identity of
identity of W
yellow precipitate

A butanone CHI3
B butanone CH3I
C propanone CHI3
D propanone CH3I

34 Ethanal reacts with hydrogen cyanide in the presence of KCN to produce a hydroxynitrile.

What is the first step in the mechanism of this reaction?

A B C D
G– G– G– G–
O O O O H+
G+
C CN– G+
C G+
C G+
C
H3 C H H3 C H H 3C H H3C H

CN CN–

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/O/N/22 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
12

35 Structural isomerism and stereoisomerism should be considered when answering this question.

How many isomeric compounds with molecular formula C5H6O4 contain two –CO2H groups and
one C=C double bond?

A 5 B 6 C 7 D 8

36 Compound X reacts with ethanoic acid in the presence of an H+ catalyst to produce the
compound shown.

O H H O

H 3C C C C O C CH3

H H

What is the molecular formula of compound X?

A C2H4O B C2H6O2 C C4H8O D C4H8O2

37 2-bromopropane reacts with hot ethanolic sodium hydroxide.

Which substance is the major product of this reaction?

A propan-1-ol
B propan-2-ol
C 2-hydroxypropene
D propene

38 Which compounds can be used to make Y in a single-step reaction?

OH

1 propanenitrile
2 ethanenitrile
3 propyl ethanoate
4 ethyl propanoate

A 1 and 3 B 1 and 4 C 2 and 3 D 2 and 4

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/O/N/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
13

39 The monomer buta-1,3-diene can undergo addition polymerisation in various ways. Two of the
polymers that can be made are called cis-poly(buta-1,3-diene) and trans-poly(buta-1,3-diene). In
these names cis and trans have their usual meanings.

What is the structure of the repeat unit of cis-poly(buta-1,3-diene)?

A B C D

n n n n

40 In the mass spectrum of a compound, Z, the relative abundances of the M and M+1 peaks are in
the ratio 13 : 1.

What is compound Z?

A butyl butanoate
B hexan-3-one
C 2,2,3-trimethylhexane
D 3,3-dimethylpentan-1-ol

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/O/N/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
14

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/O/N/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
15

Important values, constants and standards

molar gas constant R = 8.31 J K–1 mol–1


Faraday constant F = 9.65 × 104 C mol–1
Avogadro constant L = 6.022 × 1023 mol–1
electronic charge e = –1.60 × 10–19 C
molar volume of gas Vm = 22.4 dm3 mol–1 at s.t.p. (101 kPa and 273 K)
Vm = 24.0 dm3 mol–1 at room conditions
ionic product of water Kw = 1.00 × 10–14 mol2 dm–6 (at 298 K (25 °C))
specific heat capacity of water c = 4.18 kJ kg–1 K–1 (4.18 J g–1 K–1)

© UCLES 2022 9701/11/O/N/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
© UCLES 2022
The Periodic Table of Elements
Group
1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18
1 2

H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1.0 4.0
3 4 atomic number 5 6 7 8 9 10

Li Be atomic symbol B C N O F Ne
lithium beryllium name boron carbon nitrogen oxygen fluorine neon
6.9 9.0 relative atomic mass 10.8 12.0 14.0 16.0 19.0 20.2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar
sodium magnesium aluminium silicon phosphorus sulfur chlorine argon
23.0 24.3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 27.0 28.1 31.0 32.1 35.5 39.9
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.


K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
potassium calcium scandium titanium vanadium chromium manganese iron cobalt nickel copper zinc gallium germanium arsenic selenium bromine krypton
39.1 40.1 45.0 47.9 50.9 52.0 54.9 55.8 58.9 58.7 63.5 65.4 69.7 72.6 74.9 79.0 79.9 83.8
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16

Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
rubidium strontium yttrium zirconium niobium molybdenum technetium ruthenium rhodium palladium silver cadmium indium tin antimony tellurium iodine xenon
85.5 87.6 88.9 91.2 92.9 95.9 – 101.1 102.9 106.4 107.9 112.4 114.8 118.7 121.8 127.6 126.9 131.3

9701/11/O/N/22
Fahama

55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
lanthanoids
Cs Ba Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tl Pb Bi Po At Rn
caesium barium hafnium tantalum tungsten rhenium osmium iridium platinum gold mercury thallium lead bismuth polonium astatine radon
132.9 137.3 178.5 180.9 183.8 186.2 190.2 192.2 195.1 197.0 200.6 204.4 207.2 209.0 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118
actinoids
Fr Ra Rf Db Sg Bh Hs Mt Ds Rg Cn Nh Fl Mc Lv Ts Og
francium radium rutherfordium dubnium seaborgium bohrium hassium meitnerium darmstadtium roentgenium copernicium nihonium flerovium moscovium livermorium tennessine oganesson
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
lanthanoids La Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
lanthanum cerium praseodymium neodymium promethium samarium europium gadolinium terbium dysprosium holmium erbium thulium ytterbium lutetium
138.9 140.1 140.9 144.4 – 150.4 152.0 157.3 158.9 162.5 164.9 167.3 168.9 173.1 175.0
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
actinoids Ac Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
actinium thorium protactinium uranium neptunium plutonium americium curium berkelium californium einsteinium fermium mendelevium nobelium lawrencium
– 232.0 231.0 238.0 – – – – – – – – – – –

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Fahama

Cambridge International AS & A Level


*6311887042*

CHEMISTRY9701/21
Paper 2 AS Level Structured Questions October/November 2022

 1 hour 15 minutes

You must answer on the question paper.

No additional materials are needed.

INSTRUCTIONS
● Answer all questions.
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
● Do not write on any bar codes.
● You may use a calculator.
● You should show all your working and use appropriate units.

INFORMATION
● The total mark for this paper is 60.
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].
● The Periodic Table is printed in the question paper.
● Important values, constants and standards are printed in the question paper.

This document has 16 pages.

IB22 11_9701_21/FP
© UCLES 2022 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
2

1 Atoms with nuclei containing an odd number of protons tend to have fewer isotopes than those with
an even number of protons.

(a) Gallium has two stable isotopes, 69Ga and 71Ga.

(i) Complete Table 1.1 to show the numbers of protons, neutrons and electrons in the two
stable isotopes of gallium.

Table 1.1

isotope number of protons number of neutrons number of electrons


69
Ga

71
Ga

[2]

(ii) Define relative atomic mass.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(iii) The relative atomic mass of gallium, Ar, is 69.723.


The relative isotopic masses of 69Ga and 71Ga are:

69
Ga, 68.926; 71
Ga, 70.925.

Use this information to calculate the percentage abundance of 69Ga in elemental gallium.
Show your working.
Assume that the element contains only the 69Ga and 71Ga isotopes.
Give your answer to four significant figures.

 percentage abundance of 69Ga = .............................. %


[2]

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/O/N/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
3

(b) Potassium also has two stable isotopes. Both isotopes have the same chemical properties.

(i) Explain why both isotopes of potassium have the same chemical properties.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) State the full electronic configuration of an atom of potassium.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii)  he first, second and third ionisation energies of potassium are 418, 3070 and
T
4600 kJ mol–1, respectively.

Use this information to explain why potassium is in Group 1.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

 [Total: 10]

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/O/N/22 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
4

2 Magnesium shows reactions typical of a Group 2 metal.

(a) Draw a labelled diagram to show the bonding in magnesium metal.

[2]

(b) Fig. 2.1 shows some reactions of magnesium and its compounds.

Mg reaction 1
HCl (aq)

reaction 3
MgCl 2 Mg(OH)2
Ca(OH)2(aq)

reaction 2
HCl (aq)
MgCO3
reaction 4
heat

MgO

Fig. 2.1

(i) Identify the other products of reactions 1 and 2.

reaction 1 .............................................................................................................................

reaction 2 .............................................................................................................................
[2]

(ii) Reaction 3 is used to form a precipitate of Mg(OH)2 from MgCl 2(aq).

State why Ca(OH)2(aq) would not form a precipitate of Ba(OH)2 from BaCl 2(aq).

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) State the type of reaction that occurs in reaction 4.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/O/N/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
5

(c) 1 cm3 of MgCl 2(aq) is placed in a test-tube. A few drops of AgNO3(aq) are added, followed by
1 cm3 of dilute NH3(aq).

State in full what is observed in this experiment.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) When 1 cm3 of MgCl 2(aq) is added to 1 cm3 of Br2(aq) in a test-tube, the solution remains
orange.

Explain this observation.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

 [Total: 9]

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/O/N/22 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
6

3 Some of the common chlorides of Period 3 elements are shown in the list.

NaCl MgCl 2 Al Cl 3 SiCl 4 PCl 5

(a) From this list, identify:

(i) all the chlorides that have giant ionic structures in the solid state

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) all the chlorides that react vigorously with water to form strongly acidic solutions

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) the chloride that dissolves in water to form a neutral solution

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iv) the chloride formed from the element with the highest melting point.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(b) NaCl is one product of the reaction of chlorine gas and cold aqueous sodium hydroxide.

Identify the other products.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) PCl 5 reacts with alcohols to form chloroalkanes.

(i) Identify this type of reaction.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Draw the structure of the organic product formed in the reaction of an excess of PCl 5 with
butane-1,3-diol.

[1]

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/O/N/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
7

(d) Sulfur, S8, reacts with chlorine to form several different chlorides. The most common are S2Cl 2
and SCl 2. SCl 2 forms when sulfur reacts with an excess of chlorine.

reaction 1 S8(s) + 4Cl 2(g) → 4S2Cl 2(l) ∆Hr = –58.2 kJ mol–1

reaction 2 S2Cl 2(l) + Cl 2(g) 2SCl 2(l) ∆Hr = –40.6 kJ mol–1

(i) SCl 2 is a cherry-red liquid that reacts vigorously with water to form an acidic solution.

Use this information to deduce the bonding and structure shown by SCl 2.
Explain your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) Calculate the enthalpy change of formation, ∆Hf, of SCl 2(l). You may find it useful to use
Hess’s Law to construct an energy cycle.

 enthalpy change of formation of SCl 2(l), ∆Hf = .............................. kJ mol–1


[2]

(iii)  tate the effect of a decrease in pressure on the position of equilibrium in reaction 2.
S
Explain your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/O/N/22 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
8

Fig. 3.1 shows the two structural isomers of S2Cl 2.

isomer I isomer II
S
S Cl
Cl S S
Cl Cl

Fig. 3.1

(iv) Define the term structural isomer.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(v) Suggest a value for the Cl –S–S bond angle in isomer I. Explain your answer.

bond angle = .............................. °

explanation ..........................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................
[2]

(vi) Draw a dot-and-cross diagram to show the bonding in isomer II. Show outer shell electrons
only.

[2]

 [Total: 18]

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/O/N/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
9

Question 4 starts on the next page.

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/O/N/22 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
10

4 Organic compounds can be distinguished using chemical tests.


Table 4.1 shows four pairs of compounds.

Table 4.1

positive result of
organic compounds reagent chemical test on
identified compound

A1 A2
O OH

B1 B2
O O

C1 C2

D1 D2
OH O
HO OH
HO OH

(a) C
 omplete Table 4.1 to:
● identify a reagent that could distinguish between the compounds in each pair
● give the positive result of the chemical test and identify which compound shows this
result.

Use a different reagent for each test. [8]

(b) 
C1 has melting point – 94 °C and boiling point + 49 °C.

Explain these properties by referring to the type of van der Waals’ forces between molecules.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/O/N/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
11

(c) Draw the structure of the cis isomer of C2.

[1]

(d) 
C2 forms a polymer when heated gently.

(i) Identify the type of polymer that forms from C2.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Draw one repeat unit of the polymer formed from C2.

[2]

 [Total: 14]

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/O/N/22 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
12

5 Lactones are cyclic esters. Under suitable conditions, lactones form from molecules that have both
an alcohol and a carboxylic acid functional group.
Equation 1 shows an example of the formation of a lactone.

a lactone
O
O

OH
equation 1 O + H2O
OH

Fig. 5.1 shows the synthesis of lactone P from compound M.

5-hydroxyhexanoic acid
M
hot concentrated
O OH
acidified KMnO4(aq) NaBH4
N P
reaction 1 reaction 2 HO reaction 3

Fig. 5.1

M reacts with hot concentrated acidified KMnO4(aq) to form N, C6H10O3, in reaction 1.


(a) (i) 

Draw the structure of N.

[1]

N is reduced by NaBH4 to form 5-hydroxyhexanoic acid in reaction 2.


(ii) 

Construct an equation for reaction 2 using molecular formulae.


In the equation, use [H] to represent one atom of hydrogen from the reducing agent.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) Reaction 2 is a nucleophilic addition.

Suggest why reaction 2 creates a mixture of two organic compounds.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/O/N/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
13

(iv) Draw lactone P, the product of reaction 3.

[1]

(b) A student monitors the progress of reaction 2 using infrared spectroscopy.

Use Table 5.1 to suggest why it is difficult to distinguish between N and 5‑hydroxyhexanoic
acid using infrared spectroscopy.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

Table 5.1

bond functional group containing the bond characteristic infrared absorption range
(in wavenumbers) / cm–1
C–O hydroxy, ester 1040–1300
C=C aromatic compound, alkene 1500–1680
C=O amide 1640–1690
carbonyl, carboxyl 1670–1740
ester 1710–1750
C≡N nitrile 2200–2250
C–H alkane 2850–3100
N–H amine, amide 3300–3500
O–H carboxyl 2500–3000
hydroxy 3200–3650

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/O/N/22 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
14

(c) Unknown lactone Q is analysed using mass spectrometry.


Table 5.2 shows information from the mass spectrum.

Table 5.2

peak m/e abundance


M+ 72 95.5
M+1 73 3.15

Use these data to deduce the structure of Q.


Show your working.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................
[2]

 [Total: 9]

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/O/N/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
15

Important values, constants and standards

molar gas constant R = 8.31 J K–1 mol–1


Faraday constant F = 9.65 × 104 C mol–1
Avogadro constant L = 6.022 × 1023 mol–1
electronic charge e = –1.60 × 10–19 C
molar volume of gas Vm = 22.4 dm3 mol–1 at s.t.p. (101 kPa and 273 K)
Vm = 24.0 dm3 mol–1 at room conditions
ionic product of water Kw = 1.00 × 10–14 mol2 dm–6 (at 298 K (25 °C))
specific heat capacity of water c = 4.18 kJ kg–1 K–1 (4.18 J g–1 K–1)

© UCLES 2022 9701/21/O/N/22


Paperland ~ 0761099116
© UCLES 2022
The Periodic Table of Elements
Group
1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18
1 2

H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1.0 4.0
3 4 atomic number 5 6 7 8 9 10

Li Be atomic symbol B C N O F Ne
lithium beryllium name boron carbon nitrogen oxygen fluorine neon
6.9 9.0 relative atomic mass 10.8 12.0 14.0 16.0 19.0 20.2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar
sodium magnesium aluminium silicon phosphorus sulfur chlorine argon
23.0 24.3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 27.0 28.1 31.0 32.1 35.5 39.9
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.


K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
potassium calcium scandium titanium vanadium chromium manganese iron cobalt nickel copper zinc gallium germanium arsenic selenium bromine krypton
39.1 40.1 45.0 47.9 50.9 52.0 54.9 55.8 58.9 58.7 63.5 65.4 69.7 72.6 74.9 79.0 79.9 83.8
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16

Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
rubidium strontium yttrium zirconium niobium molybdenum technetium ruthenium rhodium palladium silver cadmium indium tin antimony tellurium iodine xenon
85.5 87.6 88.9 91.2 92.9 95.9 – 101.1 102.9 106.4 107.9 112.4 114.8 118.7 121.8 127.6 126.9 131.3

9701/21/O/N/22
Fahama

55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
lanthanoids
Cs Ba Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tl Pb Bi Po At Rn
caesium barium hafnium tantalum tungsten rhenium osmium iridium platinum gold mercury thallium lead bismuth polonium astatine radon
132.9 137.3 178.5 180.9 183.8 186.2 190.2 192.2 195.1 197.0 200.6 204.4 207.2 209.0 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118
actinoids
Fr Ra Rf Db Sg Bh Hs Mt Ds Rg Cn Nh Fl Mc Lv Ts Og
francium radium rutherfordium dubnium seaborgium bohrium hassium meitnerium darmstadtium roentgenium copernicium nihonium flerovium moscovium livermorium tennessine oganesson
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
lanthanoids La Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
lanthanum cerium praseodymium neodymium promethium samarium europium gadolinium terbium dysprosium holmium erbium thulium ytterbium lutetium
138.9 140.1 140.9 144.4 – 150.4 152.0 157.3 158.9 162.5 164.9 167.3 168.9 173.1 175.0
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
actinoids Ac Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
actinium thorium protactinium uranium neptunium plutonium americium curium berkelium californium einsteinium fermium mendelevium nobelium lawrencium
– 232.0 231.0 238.0 – – – – – – – – – – –

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Fahama

&DPEULGJH,QWHUQDWLRQDO$6 $/HYHO

&+(0,675< 
3DSHU0XOWLSOH&KRLFH 0D\-XQH
KRXUPLQXWHV

<RXPXVWDQVZHURQWKHPXOWLSOHFKRLFHDQVZHUVKHHW
*7161028925*

<RXZLOOQHHG 0XOWLSOHFKRLFHDQVZHUVKHHW
6RIWFOHDQHUDVHU
6RIWSHQFLO W\SH%RU+%LVUHFRPPHQGHG 

,16758&7,216
x 7KHUHDUHIRUW\TXHVWLRQVRQWKLVSDSHU$QVZHUDOOTXHVWLRQV
x )RUHDFKTXHVWLRQWKHUHDUHIRXUSRVVLEOHDQVZHUV$%&DQG'&KRRVHWKHRQH\RXFRQVLGHUFRUUHFW
DQGUHFRUG\RXUFKRLFHLQVRIWSHQFLORQWKHPXOWLSOHFKRLFHDQVZHUVKHHW
x )ROORZWKHLQVWUXFWLRQVRQWKHPXOWLSOHFKRLFHDQVZHUVKHHW
x :ULWHLQVRIWSHQFLO
x :ULWH\RXUQDPHFHQWUHQXPEHUDQGFDQGLGDWHQXPEHURQWKHPXOWLSOHFKRLFHDQVZHUVKHHWLQWKH
VSDFHVSURYLGHGXQOHVVWKLVKDVEHHQGRQHIRU\RX
x 'RQRWXVHFRUUHFWLRQIOXLG
x 'RQRWZULWHRQDQ\EDUFRGHV
x <RXPD\XVHDFDOFXODWRU

,1)250$7,21
x 7KHWRWDOPDUNIRUWKLVSDSHULV
x (DFKFRUUHFWDQVZHUZLOOVFRUHRQHPDUN
x $Q\URXJKZRUNLQJVKRXOGEHGRQHRQWKLVTXHVWLRQSDSHU
x 7KH3HULRGLF7DEOHLVSULQWHGLQWKHTXHVWLRQSDSHU
x ,PSRUWDQWYDOXHVFRQVWDQWVDQGVWDQGDUGVDUHSULQWHGLQWKHTXHVWLRQSDSHU

7KLVGRFXPHQWKDVSDJHV$Q\EODQNSDJHVDUHLQGLFDWHG

,%BB753
‹8&/(6 >7XUQRYHU

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
2

1 Element X has six more protons than element Y.

Which statement must be correct?

A Atoms of element Y are smaller than atoms of element X.


B Element X has a full shell of electrons.
C Element X and element Y are in the same group.
D Element X and element Y are in the same period.

2 Which statement explains why calcium has a higher melting point than barium?

A Calcium cations are smaller than barium cations and have a stronger attraction to the
delocalisedelectrons.
B The structure of calcium is partly giant molecular.
C Therearemoredelocalisedelectronsincalciumthaninbariumasithasalowerionisation
energy.
D There is greater repulsion between barium atoms as they have more complete electron
shellsthancalciumatoms.

3 Three statements about potassium and chlorine and their ions are listed.

1 The atomic radius of a potassium atom is greater than the atomic radius of a chlorine
atom.
2 The first ionisation energy of potassium is greater than the first ionisation energy of
chlorine.
3 The ionic radius of a potassium ion is greater than the ionic radius of a chloride ion.

Which statements are correct?

A 1 only B 2 only C 1 and 3 D 2 and 3

4 For which equilibrium do both of the equilibrium constants Kc and Kp have no units?

A H2(g) + I2(g)  2HI(g)

B N2(g) + 3H2(g)  2NH3(g)

C N2O4(g)  2NO2(g)

D SO2(g) + O2(g)  SO3(g)

‹8&/(6 0-
Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
3

–1
5 Calciumcarbide,CaC2,reactswithwater,asshown.Thedatabelowtheequationshow,inkJmol ,
thestandardenthalpiesofformationofthecompoundsinvolved.

CaC2(s) + H2O(l) → CaO(s) + C2H2(g)

–60 –286 –635 +228

What is the standard enthalpy change of the reaction shown?


–1
A –753 kJ mol
–1
B –61 kJ mol
–1
C +61 kJ mol
–1
D +753 kJ mol

6 Inthesodiumchloridelatticethenumberofchlorideionsthatsurroundeachsodiumioniscalled
thecoordinationnumberofthesodiumions.

Whatarethecoordinationnumbersofthesodiumionsandthechlorideionsinthesodiumchloride
lattice?

coordination number coordination number


of sodium ions of chloride ions

A 4 6
B 6 4
C 6 6
D 8 6

‹8&/(6 0- [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
4

7 Histidine is an amino acid.

histidine

H H 2 H
1 H N O
C
H
N C C C C
3
C N H H O H

What are the approximate bond angles 1, 2, and 3?

1 2 3

A 109.5° 107° 90°


B 120° 107° 109.5°
C 120° 120° 90°
D 120° 120° 109.5°

8 The Contact process takes place at a pressure between 100 000 Pa and 200 000 Pa. A catalyst is
used.

Which statement is correct?

A A V2O5 catalyst is added to increase the equilibrium yield of the reaction.


B Changes in pressure have no effect on the position of equilibrium.
C The equilibrium yield of the reaction is very high under the conditions used.
D An iron catalyst is added to increase the rate of reaction.

‹8&/(6 0-
Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
5

9 Bromine reacts with aqueous sodium hydroxide at 25 °C.

reaction 1 Br2(aq) + 2NaOH(aq) → NaBr(aq) + NaOBr(aq) + H2O(l)

The NaOBr formed is unstable at 25 °C and reacts further.

reaction 2 3NaOBr(aq) → 2NaBr(aq) + NaBrO3(aq)

Which reactions are disproportionations?

A both reaction 1 and reaction 2


B neither reaction 1 nor reaction 2
C reaction 1 only
D reaction 2 only

10 Which statement is correct?


35
A The relative atomic mass of a Cl atom is 35.5.
B The relative formula mass of CaCO3 is 100.1.
24
C The relative isotopic mass of a Mg atom is 24.3.
D The relative molecular mass of O2 is 16.0.

11 Iodine and propanone react according to the following equation.

I2(aq) + CH3COCH3(aq) → CH3COCH2I(aq) + HI(aq)

If the concentration of propanone is increased, keeping the total reaction volume constant, the
initial rate of the reaction also increases.

What could be the reason for this?

A A greater proportion of collisions are successful at the higher concentration.


B The particles are further apart at the higher concentration.
C The particles have more energy at the higher concentration.
D There are more collisions per second between particles at the higher concentration.

‹8&/(6 0- [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
6

12 Four successive ionisation energies (IE) of element E are shown.

Element E is in Period 3 of the Periodic Table.

fifth IE sixth IE seventh IE eighth IE


–1 –1 –1 –1
/ kJ mol / kJ mol / kJ mol / kJ mol

16 000 20 000 24 000 29 000

In which group of the Periodic Table is E?

A 14 B 15 C 16 D 17

13 In this question you should assume that the gas formed behaves as an ideal gas.
3 –3
A 1.7 g sample of Mg reacts with 50.0 cm of 2.2 mol dm HCl at 303 K and 110 400 Pa.

Which volume of gas is produced, measured under these conditions?


3 3 3 3
A 1.3 dm B 1.6 dm C 2.5 dm D 5.0 dm

14 Chlorine dioxide, Cl O2, reacts with aqueous sodium hydroxide to produce water and a mixture of
two sodium salts, NaCl O2 and NaCl O3.

What is the mole ratio of NaCl O2 to NaCl O3 in the product mixture?

A 1:2 B 3:5 C 1:1 D 5:3

15 The temperature of a sample of an inert gas is increased.

What effect does this have on the number of molecules with the most probable energy and on the
number of molecules with higher energy?

number of molecules with the number of molecules with


most probable energy higher energy

A decreases decreases
B decreases increases
C increases decreases
D increases increases

‹8&/(6 0-
Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
7

16 For which compound is there the greatest percentage loss of mass on strong heating?

A anhydrous calcium carbonate


B anhydrous calcium nitrate
C anhydrous magnesium carbonate
D anhydrous magnesium nitrate

17 The solids sodium chloride and sodium iodide both react with concentrated sulfuric acid at room
temperature.

With NaCl , the products are NaHSO4 and HCl .

With NaI, the products are NaHSO4, HI, I2, SO2, H2O, S and H2S.

What is the explanation for this difference in products?

A Chloride ions will displace iodine from the solution.


B Hydrogen chloride is more volatile than hydrogen iodide.
C Iodide ions are better reducing agents than chloride ions.
D Sulfuric acid is able to act as a dehydrating agent with NaI.

18 SiO2 has a melting point of 1713 °C. It reacts with hot NaOH(aq) to form sodium silicate, Na2SiO3,
and water.

No reaction occurs when SiO2 is added to hot H2SO4(aq).

What can be deduced from this information?

chemical structure
behaviour of SiO2 of SiO2

A amphoteric giant
B amphoteric simple
C acidic giant
D acidic simple

‹8&/(6 0- [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
8

19 Element X has the second largest atomic radius in its period. An atom of X has three occupied
electron shells only.

The oxide of X is shaken with water.

What could be the pH of the resulting solution?

A 5 B 7 C 9 D 14

20 Which emission from an internal combustion engine contributes to the erosion of marble statues?

A carbon monoxide
B nitrogen
C nitrogen dioxide
D unburnt hydrocarbons

21 The diagram shows the melting points of eight elements with consecutive atomic numbers.

Which element could be sodium?

D
melting
point / K
C
A

B
atomic number

‹8&/(6 0-
Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
9

22 The boiling points of Br2, ICl and IBr are given in the table.

Br2 ICl IBr

boiling point / °C 59 97 116

Which row explains:

• whytheboilingpointofIClisgreaterthanBr2
• whytheboilingpointofIBrisgreaterthanICl ?

boiling point of ICl is boiling point of IBr is


greater than Br2 greater than ICl

A ICl has stronger instantaneous IBr has stronger instantaneous


dipole-induced dipoles dipole-induced dipoles
B ICl has permanent dipoles IBr has stronger instantaneous
dipole-induced dipoles
C ICl has stronger instantaneous IBr has stronger
dipole-induced dipoles permanent dipoles
D ICl has permanent dipoles IBr has stronger
permanent dipoles

2+ 2+
23 A solution contains both Mg (aq) and Sr (aq) at the same concentration.

The solution is divided into two equal portions. Aqueous sodium hydroxide is added dropwise to
one portion. Dilute sulfuric acid is added dropwise to the other portion.

Which row is correct?

precipitate seen first precipitate seen first


when NaOH(aq) is added when H2SO4(aq) is added

A magnesium hydroxide magnesium sulfate


B magnesium hydroxide strontium sulfate
C strontium hydroxide magnesium sulfate
D strontium hydroxide strontium sulfate

‹8&/(6 0- [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
10

24 Structural isomerism and stereoisomerism should be considered when answering this question.

If a molecule contains two non-identical chiral carbon atoms, four optical isomers exist.

How many isomers are there with:

• molecular formula C7H14O and


• a five-membered ring and
• a tertiary alcohol group?

A 4 B 5 C 9 D 13

25 Which reagent will react with pentan-3-ol to give a mixture of stereoisomers?

A acidified potassium dichromate


B concentrated sulfuric acid
C ethanoic acid in the presence of a little concentrated H2SO4
D hydrogen chloride

26 An organic molecule W contains 3 carbon atoms. It requires 4.5 molecules of oxygen for complete
combustion.

What could W be?

A propane
B propanoic acid
C propanone
D propan-1-ol

27 Which equation represents a reaction that proceeds through initiation, propagation and termination
steps?

A C4H10 + Cl 2 → C4H9Cl + HCl


B C5H11Br + NaOH → C5H11OH + NaBr
C C6H12 + H2O → C6H13OH
D C6H13CHO + HCN → C6H13CH(OH)CN

‹8&/(6 0-
Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
11

28 Structuralisomerismandstereoisomerismshouldbeconsideredwhenansweringthisquestion.

Asetofisomerichydrocarbons

• allcontain14.3%bymassofhydrogen
• allreactwithbrominebyaddition,0.280gofeachhydrocarbonreactingwith0.799gof
bromine.

What is the maximum number of isomeric compounds in the set?

A 1 B 3 C 4 D 5

29 Which row describes the solvent used and type of reaction occurring when bromoethane reacts
with NaOH to form ethene?

solvent type of reaction

A ethanol elimination
B ethanol substitution
C water elimination
D water substitution

30 Whichrowdescribesthetypeofreactionthatoccurswhenpropan-1-olreactstoformthenamed
carbon-containingproduct?

carbon-containing product type of reaction

A 1-chloropropane addition to propan-1-ol


B carbon monoxide complete combustion of propan-1-ol
C propene dehydration of propan-1-ol
D propanal reduction of propan-1-ol

31 Which statement describes what happens when 2-chloro-2-methylpropane is warmed with


NaOH(aq)?

A This secondary halogenoalkane reacts by a mixture of an SN1 and an SN2 mechanism.


B This secondary halogenoalkane reacts only by an SN2 mechanism.
C This tertiary halogenoalkane reacts mostly by an SN1 mechanism.
D This tertiary halogenoalkane does not react with hydroxide ions under these conditions.

‹8&/(6 0- [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
12

32 How many structurally isomeric secondary alcohols are there with the molecular formula C5H12O?

A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4

33 Which reagent:

• canconfirmthepresenceofacarbonylgroupinanorganiccompound
• doesnotdistinguishbetweenaldehydesandketones?

A acidified K2Cr2O7
B 2,4-DNPH reagent
C Fehling’s reagent
D LiAl H4

34 Which compound gives a positive test with alkaline aqueous iodine and does not show optical
isomerism?

A CH3COCH2CH2OH
B CH3CH2CH(OH)CHO
C CH3COCH(OH)CH3
D (CH3)2C(OH)CHO

‹8&/(6 0-
Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
13

35 TwosamplesofcompoundXweretreatedseparatelywithdifferentreagentswhichwereaddedin
excess.

Theproductsofthesetworeactionsareshown.

OH O
OH
reaction 1
OH O O

O
compound X OH OH
reaction 2

OH

Which reagents could be used for reaction 1 and reaction 2?

reaction 1 reaction 2

A hot acidifiedsodiumdichromate VI  Na
B hot acidifiedsodiumdichromate VI  NaBH4
C Tollens’reagentfollowedbyHCl (aq) Na
D Tollens’reagentfollowedbyHCl (aq) NaBH4

36 Which method could produce butanoic acid?

A an acid–base reaction involving CH3CH2CH2CO2Na


B the hydrolysis of CH3CH2CH2CH2CN
C the acidic hydrolysis of CH3CH2COOCH2CH2CH3
D the oxidation of CH3CH2CH2OH

‹8&/(6 0- [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
14

37 Which ester may be hydrolysed to produce two products, one of which may be reduced to the
other?

A CH3CH2CO2CH3
B CH3CH(CH3)CO2CH2CH(CH3)2
C CH3CH2CO2CH(CH3)2
D (CH3)2CHCO2CH(CH3)2

38 Two compounds, X and Y, are mixed and a little concentrated H2SO4 is added.

Ester Z is found in the resulting mixture of products.

ester Z

O
O
O

O O

Which two compounds could be X and Y?

X Y

A CH3CH2OH CH(CO2H)3
B CH3CH2OH CH3CO2CH2CH(OH)CH2OCOCH2CH3
C CH3CO2H CH3CH2CO2CH2CH(OH)CH2OH
D CH3CO2H CH2(OH)CH(OH)CH2(OH)

39 The diagram shows a section of a polymer molecule.

–CH2–CH=CH–CH2–CH2–CH=CH–CH2–

Which monomer will produce this polymer?

A CH2=CH2
B CH3CH=CH2
C CH3CH=CHCH3
D CH2=CH–CH=CH2

‹8&/(6 0-
Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
15

40 There are two naturally occuring isotopes of bromine. One isotope has 44 neutrons. The other
isotopehas46neutrons.
12 1
Ignoringfragments,howmanypeaksarethereinthemassspectrumoftribromomethane, C HBr3?

A 2 B 3 C 4 D 6

‹8&/(6 0-
Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
16

BLANK PAGE

‹8&/(6 0-
Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
17

BLANK PAGE

‹8&/(6 0-
Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
18

BLANK PAGE

‹8&/(6 0-
Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama


,PSRUWDQWYDOXHVFRQVWDQWVDQGVWDQGDUGV

PRODUJDVFRQVWDQW R -.±PRO±
)DUDGD\FRQVWDQW F u&PRO±
$YRJDGURFRQVWDQW L uPRO±
HOHFWURQLFFKDUJH e ±u±&
PRODUYROXPHRIJDV VP GPPRO±DWVWS N3DDQG. 
VP GPPRO±DWURRPFRQGLWLRQV
LRQLFSURGXFWRIZDWHU KZ u±PROGP± DW. q& 
VSHFLILFKHDWFDSDFLW\RIZDWHU c N-NJ±.± -J±.± 

3HUPLVVLRQ WR UHSURGXFH LWHPV ZKHUH WKLUGSDUW\ RZQHG PDWHULDO SURWHFWHG E\ FRS\ULJKW LV LQFOXGHG KDV EHHQ VRXJKW DQG FOHDUHG ZKHUH SRVVLEOH (YHU\
UHDVRQDEOHHIIRUWKDVEHHQPDGHE\WKHSXEOLVKHU 8&/(6 WRWUDFHFRS\ULJKWKROGHUVEXWLIDQ\LWHPVUHTXLULQJFOHDUDQFHKDYHXQZLWWLQJO\EHHQLQFOXGHGWKH
SXEOLVKHUZLOOEHSOHDVHGWRPDNHDPHQGVDWWKHHDUOLHVWSRVVLEOHRSSRUWXQLW\

7R DYRLG WKH LVVXH RI GLVFORVXUH RI DQVZHUUHODWHG LQIRUPDWLRQ WR FDQGLGDWHV DOO FRS\ULJKW DFNQRZOHGJHPHQWV DUH UHSURGXFHG RQOLQH LQ WKH &DPEULGJH
$VVHVVPHQW,QWHUQDWLRQDO(GXFDWLRQ&RS\ULJKW$FNQRZOHGJHPHQWV%RRNOHW7KLVLVSURGXFHGIRUHDFKVHULHVRIH[DPLQDWLRQVDQGLVIUHHO\DYDLODEOHWRGRZQORDG
DWZZZFDPEULGJHLQWHUQDWLRQDORUJDIWHUWKHOLYHH[DPLQDWLRQVHULHV

&DPEULGJH$VVHVVPHQW,QWHUQDWLRQDO(GXFDWLRQLVSDUWRI&DPEULGJH$VVHVVPHQW&DPEULGJH$VVHVVPHQWLVWKHEUDQGQDPHRIWKH8QLYHUVLW\RI&DPEULGJH
/RFDO([DPLQDWLRQV6\QGLFDWH 8&/(6 ZKLFKLVDGHSDUWPHQWRIWKH8QLYHUVLW\RI&DPEULGJH

‹8&/(6 0-
Paperland ~ 0761099116
‹8&/(6
The Periodic Table of Elements
Group
1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18
1 2

H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1.0 4.0
3 4 atomic number 5 6 7 8 9 10

Li Be atomic symbol B C N O F Ne
lithium beryllium name boron carbon nitrogen oxygen fluorine neon
6.9 9.0 relative atomic mass 10.8 12.0 14.0 16.0 19.0 20.2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar
sodium magnesium aluminium silicon phosphorus sulfur chlorine argon
23.0 24.3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 27.0 28.1 31.0 32.1 35.5 39.9
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
potassium calcium scandium titanium vanadium chromium manganese iron cobalt nickel copper zinc gallium germanium arsenic selenium bromine krypton
39.1 40.1 45.0 47.9 50.9 52.0 54.9 55.8 58.9 58.7 63.5 65.4 69.7 72.6 74.9 79.0 79.9 83.8
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54


Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
rubidium strontium yttrium zirconium niobium molybdenum technetium ruthenium rhodium palladium silver cadmium indium tin antimony tellurium iodine xenon
85.5 87.6 88.9 91.2 92.9 95.9 – 101.1 102.9 106.4 107.9 112.4 114.8 118.7 121.8 127.6 126.9 131.3

0-
Fahama

55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
lanthanoids
Cs Ba Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tl Pb Bi Po At Rn
caesium barium hafnium tantalum tungsten rhenium osmium iridium platinum gold mercury thallium lead bismuth polonium astatine radon
132.9 137.3 178.5 180.9 183.8 186.2 190.2 192.2 195.1 197.0 200.6 204.4 207.2 209.0 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118
actinoids
Fr Ra Rf Db Sg Bh Hs Mt Ds Rg Cn Nh Fl Mc Lv Ts Og
francium radium rutherfordium dubnium seaborgium bohrium hassium meitnerium darmstadtium roentgenium copernicium nihonium flerovium moscovium livermorium tennessine oganesson
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
lanthanoids La Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
lanthanum cerium praseodymium neodymium promethium samarium europium gadolinium terbium dysprosium holmium erbium thulium ytterbium lutetium
138.9 140.1 140.9 144.4 – 150.4 152.0 157.3 158.9 162.5 164.9 167.3 168.9 173.1 175.0
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
actinoids Ac Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
actinium thorium protactinium uranium neptunium plutonium americium curium berkelium californium einsteinium fermium mendelevium nobelium lawrencium
– 232.0 231.0 238.0 – – – – – – – – – – –

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama

Cambridge International AS & A Level


* 6 8 8 7 0 9 1 3 6 7 *

CHEMISTRY 9701/21
Paper 2 AS Level Structured Questions May/June 2023

1 hour 15 minutes

You must answer on the question paper.

No additional materials are needed.

INSTRUCTIONS
● Answer all questions.
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
● Do not write on any bar codes.
● You may use a calculator.
● You should show all your working and use appropriate units.

INFORMATION
● The total mark for this paper is 60.
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].
● The Periodic Table is printed in the question paper.
● Important values, constants and standards are printed in the question paper.

This document has 16 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.

DC (LK/FC) 308405/5
© UCLES 2023 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
2

1 Tellurium is an element in Group 16. The most common isotope of tellurium is 130Te. Its electronic
configuration is [Kr] 4d10 5s2 5p4.

(a) Complete Table 1.1.

Table 1.1

number of number of
nucleon number
neutrons electrons
130Te

[3]

(b) Identify the sub-shell in an atom of Te that contains electrons with the lowest energy.

............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(c) Construct an equation to represent the first ionisation energy of Te.

............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(d) (i) The radius of Te ions decreases after each successive ionisation.

State two factors that are responsible for the increase in the first six ionisation energies
of Te.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Sketch a graph in Fig. 1.1 to show the trend in the first seven ionisation energies of Te.

ionisation
energy / kJ mol–1

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
successive ionisation

Fig. 1.1
[2]

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/M/J/23


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
3

(e) Te reacts with F2 at 150 °C to form TeFx. Molecules of TeFx are octahedral with bond angles
of 90°.

Explain why TeFx is octahedral with bond angles of 90°.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................. [2]

(f) TeFx reacts with water to form tellurium hydroxide and HF. The oxidation number of tellurium
does not change during this reaction.

(i) Construct an equation for the reaction of TeFx with water.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Name the type of reaction that occurs when TeFx reacts with water.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 13]

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/M/J/23 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
4

2 A neutralisation reaction occurs when NaOH(aq) is added to H2SO4(aq).

equation 1 2NaOH(aq) + H2SO4(aq) Na2SO4(aq) + 2H2O(l)

(a) Define enthalpy change of neutralisation, ∆Hneut.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................. [2]

(b) An experiment is carried out to calculate ∆Hneut for the reaction between NaOH(aq) and
H2SO4(aq).

100 cm3 of 1.00 mol dm–3 NaOH(aq) is added to 75 cm3 of 1.00 mol dm–3 H2SO4(aq) in a
polystyrene cup and stirred. Results from the experiment are shown in Table 2.1.

Table 2.1

initial temperature of NaOH(aq) / °C 20.0


initial temperature of H2SO4(aq) / °C 20.0
maximum temperature of mixture / °C 27.8

(i) Use equation 1 to calculate the amount, in mol, of H2SO4(aq) that is neutralised in the
experiment.

amount of H2SO4(aq) neutralised = .............................. mol [1]

(ii) Calculate ∆Hneut using the results in Table 2.1. Include units in your answer.

Assume that:
• the specific heat capacity of the final solution is 4.18 J g–1 K–1
• 1.00 cm3 of the final solution has a mass of 1.00 g
• there is no heat loss to the surroundings
• full dissociation of H2SO4(aq) occurs
• the experiment takes place at constant pressure.

Show your working.

∆Hneut = .............................. units ..............................


[3]
© UCLES 2023 9701/21/M/J/23
Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
5

(c) (i) Complete the equation for the reaction that occurs when a solution of Ba(OH)2 is added
to aqueous sulfuric acid. Include state symbols.

....... H2SO4(aq) + .......Ba(OH)2(aq) …………………………………………………………


[2]

(ii) Suggest why the enthalpy change of neutralisation cannot be determined using the
addition of dilute sulfuric acid to aqueous barium hydroxide.

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 9]

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/M/J/23 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
6

3 Chlorine is a very reactive element.

(a) Chlorine reacts with silicon to form silicon(IV) chloride.


Describe the appearance of silicon(IV) chloride at room temperature and pressure. State its
structure and bonding.

appearance ...............................................................................................................................

structure and bonding ...............................................................................................................


[2]

(b) Samples of magnesium chloride and phosphorus(V) chloride are added to separate beakers
of cold water.

Complete Table 3.1. Ignore temperature changes when considering observations for these
reactions.

Table 3.1

magnesium chloride phosphorus(V) chloride


appearance at room
temperature
one similarity in observation
on addition to cold water
one difference in observation
on addition to cold water

pH of final solution

[4]

(c) (i) State the reagent and conditions required for the formation of sodium chlorate(V) from
Cl 2(g).

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Explain why the reaction in (c)(i) is described as a disproportionation reaction.


Your answer should refer to relevant species and their oxidation numbers.

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/M/J/23


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
7

(d) Chlorine reacts with methane in a series of reactions to produce chloroalkanes.

(i) State the conditions required for chlorine to react with methane.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) One of the products of the reaction is CH2Cl 2 which reacts further to produce CHCl 3.

Complete Table 3.2 to show details of the mechanism that forms CHCl 3 from CH2Cl 2.

Table 3.2

name of step equation

initiation
..........................................................................................

propagation CH2Cl 2 + Cl •
..............................................................

termination CHCl 3
..........................................................................
[3]

(e) CHCl 3 and HF are used to form CHCl F2 in a substitution reaction.

Construct an equation for this reaction.

............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(f) X is a product of the substitution reaction that occurs when CHCl F2 reacts with Br2.

There is only one naturally occurring isotope of fluorine, 19F.

The mass spectrum of X shows molecular ion peaks at m / e = 164, 166 and 168.

Complete Table 3.3 to show all the molecular ions responsible for each peak.

Table 3.3

m/e formulae of molecular ions

164

166

168 (CF237Cl 81Br)+


[2]

[Total: 15]

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/M/J/23 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
8

4 V is a colourless liquid.

HO

Fig. 4.1

(a) V reacts with an excess of LiAl H4 to form W.

(i) Draw the structure of W in the box.

[1]

(ii) Identify the role of LiAl H4 in the reaction with V.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) V reacts to form Z in a single reaction, as shown in Fig. 4.2.

V Z

HO HO
OH

O O OH

Fig. 4.2

(i) Suggest the reagent and conditions needed to form Z from V.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Deduce the empirical formula of Z.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/M/J/23


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
9

(iii) Complete Table 4.1 to show the number of sp2 and sp3 hybridised carbon atoms that are
present in a molecule of V.

Table 4.1

type of hybridisation sp2 sp3


number of carbon
atoms in V
[2]

(c) Q contains the elements carbon, hydrogen and oxygen only. It is a saturated molecule with
no branching in its carbon backbone.
Q contains only one functional group.
The relative molecular mass of Q is 88.
No effervescence is seen when Na2CO3 is added to Q.
Effervescence is seen when sodium is added to Q.
Q reacts with alkaline I2(aq) to form a yellow precipitate.

Draw the structure of Q in the box.

[2]

[Total: 8]

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/M/J/23 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
10

5 (a) Molecule M is present in petrol, a fuel used in cars. M is a saturated, non-cyclic hydrocarbon.
M contains eight carbon atoms.

(i) Construct an equation for the complete combustion of M.

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Describe how the composition of products differs when incomplete combustion of M
occurs.

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) When petrol is burned in an internal combustion engine, oxides of nitrogen are released into
the atmosphere. Oxides of nitrogen are responsible for the formation of acid rain.

(i) Suggest the conditions required for the production of oxides of nitrogen during
combustion of M in an internal combustion engine. Use an appropriate equation in your
answer.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Describe how acid rain is formed in the atmosphere in the presence of oxides of nitrogen
and SO2. Identify the role of the oxides of nitrogen in this process. Include all relevant
equations.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [3]

(iii) State one other type of air pollution that is caused by the production of oxides of nitrogen
in an internal combustion engine.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/M/J/23


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
11

(c) Biodiesel T is a fuel made from vegetable oil R. Fig. 5.1 shows the production of T from R in
a two-step process.

R L J
O
C
H 2C O (CH2) CH3 O
8

O step 1 +
C
C HO (CH2) CH3
8
HC O (CH2) CH3
8

O
C
H 2C O (CH2) CH3 heat with G
8
step 2
+ concentrated H2SO4

T
O

H3C C
O (CH2) CH3
8

Fig. 5.1

(i) In step 1 all three ester groups in R react. Suggest a suitable reagent and conditions for
step 1.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Draw the structural formula of J in the box in Fig. 5.1. [1]

(iii) Name the type of reaction that occurs in step 2.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(iv) Name organic reagent G used in step 2.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(v) L is called decanoic acid. Use systematic nomenclature to deduce the name of T.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 15]

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/M/J/23


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
12

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/M/J/23


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
13

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/M/J/23


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
14

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/M/J/23


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
15

Important values, constants and standards

molar gas constant R = 8.31 J K–1 mol–1


Faraday constant F = 9.65 × 104 C mol–1
Avogadro constant L = 6.022 × 1023 mol–1
electronic charge e = –1.60 × 10–19 C
molar volume of gas Vm = 22.4 dm3 mol–1 at s.t.p. (101 kPa and 273 K)
Vm = 24.0 dm3 mol–1 at room conditions
ionic product of water Kw = 1.00 × 10–14 mol2 dm–6 (at 298 K (25 °C))
specific heat capacity of water c = 4.18 kJ kg–1 K–1 (4.18 J g–1 K–1)

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/M/J/23


Paperland ~ 0761099116
© UCLES 2023
The Periodic Table of Elements
Group
1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18
1 2

H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1.0 4.0
3 4 atomic number 5 6 7 8 9 10

Li Be atomic symbol B C N O F Ne
lithium beryllium name boron carbon nitrogen oxygen fluorine neon
6.9 9.0 relative atomic mass 10.8 12.0 14.0 16.0 19.0 20.2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar
sodium magnesium aluminium silicon phosphorus sulfur chlorine argon
23.0 24.3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 27.0 28.1 31.0 32.1 35.5 39.9
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.


K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
potassium calcium scandium titanium vanadium chromium manganese iron cobalt nickel copper zinc gallium germanium arsenic selenium bromine krypton
39.1 40.1 45.0 47.9 50.9 52.0 54.9 55.8 58.9 58.7 63.5 65.4 69.7 72.6 74.9 79.0 79.9 83.8
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16

Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
rubidium strontium yttrium zirconium niobium molybdenum technetium ruthenium rhodium palladium silver cadmium indium tin antimony tellurium iodine xenon
85.5 87.6 88.9 91.2 92.9 95.9 – 101.1 102.9 106.4 107.9 112.4 114.8 118.7 121.8 127.6 126.9 131.3

9701/21/M/J/23
Fahama

55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
lanthanoids
Cs Ba Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tl Pb Bi Po At Rn
caesium barium hafnium tantalum tungsten rhenium osmium iridium platinum gold mercury thallium lead bismuth polonium astatine radon
132.9 137.3 178.5 180.9 183.8 186.2 190.2 192.2 195.1 197.0 200.6 204.4 207.2 209.0 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118
actinoids
Fr Ra Rf Db Sg Bh Hs Mt Ds Rg Cn Nh Fl Mc Lv Ts Og
francium radium rutherfordium dubnium seaborgium bohrium hassium meitnerium darmstadtium roentgenium copernicium nihonium flerovium moscovium livermorium tennessine oganesson
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
lanthanoids La Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
lanthanum cerium praseodymium neodymium promethium samarium europium gadolinium terbium dysprosium holmium erbium thulium ytterbium lutetium
138.9 140.1 140.9 144.4 – 150.4 152.0 157.3 158.9 162.5 164.9 167.3 168.9 173.1 175.0
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
actinoids Ac Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
actinium thorium protactinium uranium neptunium plutonium americium curium berkelium californium einsteinium fermium mendelevium nobelium lawrencium
– 232.0 231.0 238.0 – – – – – – – – – – –

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
 Fahama

&DPEULGJH,QWHUQDWLRQDO$6 $/HYHO
 


&+(0,675< 

3DSHU0XOWLSOH&KRLFH 2FWREHU1RYHPEHU

 KRXUPLQXWHV

<RXPXVWDQVZHURQWKHPXOWLSOHFKRLFHDQVZHUVKHHW

*9788154468*

<RXZLOOQHHG 0XOWLSOHFKRLFHDQVZHUVKHHW
 6RIWFOHDQHUDVHU
 6RIWSHQFLO W\SH%RU+%LVUHFRPPHQGHG 
 


,16758&7,216
• 7KHUHDUHIRUW\TXHVWLRQVRQWKLVSDSHU$QVZHUDOOTXHVWLRQV
• )RUHDFKTXHVWLRQWKHUHDUHIRXUSRVVLEOHDQVZHUV$%&DQG'&KRRVHWKHRQH\RXFRQVLGHUFRUUHFW
DQGUHFRUG\RXUFKRLFHLQVRIWSHQFLORQWKHPXOWLSOHFKRLFHDQVZHUVKHHW
• )ROORZWKHLQVWUXFWLRQVRQWKHPXOWLSOHFKRLFHDQVZHUVKHHW
• :ULWHLQVRIWSHQFLO
• :ULWH\RXUQDPHFHQWUHQXPEHUDQGFDQGLGDWHQXPEHURQWKHPXOWLSOHFKRLFHDQVZHUVKHHWLQWKH
VSDFHVSURYLGHGXQOHVVWKLVKDVEHHQGRQHIRU\RX
• 'RQRWXVHFRUUHFWLRQIOXLG
• 'RQRWZULWHRQDQ\EDUFRGHV
• <RXPD\XVHDFDOFXODWRU


,1)250$7,21
• 7KHWRWDOPDUNIRUWKLVSDSHULV
• (DFKFRUUHFWDQVZHUZLOOVFRUHRQHPDUN
• $Q\URXJKZRUNLQJVKRXOGEHGRQHRQWKLVTXHVWLRQSDSHU
• 7KH3HULRGLF7DEOHLVSULQWHGLQWKHTXHVWLRQSDSHU
• ,PSRUWDQWYDOXHVFRQVWDQWVDQGVWDQGDUGVDUHSULQWHGLQWKHTXHVWLRQSDSHU


7KLVGRFXPHQWKDVSDJHV$Q\EODQNSDJHVDUHLQGLFDWHG

BBBB 
‹8&/(6  >7XUQRYHU


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
2

1 Sodium azide, NaN3 is an explosive used to inflate airbags in cars when they crash. It consists of
positive sodium ions and negative azide ions.

What are the numbers of electrons in the sodium ion and the azide ion?

sodium ion azide ion

A 10 20
B 10 22
C 12 20
D 12 22

2 The graph shows the variation of the first ionisation energy with proton number for some elements.
The letters used are not the actual symbols for the elements.

first ionisation W
energy / kJ mol–1
U
V
R
T

S
Q

proton number

Which statement about the elements is correct?

A P and X are in the same period in the Periodic Table.


B The general increase from Q to X is due to increasing atomic radius.
C The small decrease from R to S is due to decreased shielding.
D The small decrease from U to V is due to repulsion between paired electrons.

© UCLES 2023 11_9701BB23_1.1


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
3

3 Aluminium carbide, Al 4C3, reacts readily with aqueous sodium hydroxide. The two products of the
reaction are NaAl O2 and a hydrocarbon. Water molecules are also involved as reactants.

What is the formula of the hydrocarbon?

A CH4 B C2H6 C C3H8 D C6H12

4 A sample of 35.6 g of hydrated sodium carbonate contains 25.84% sodium ions by mass.

When this sample is heated, anhydrous sodium carbonate and water are formed.

Which mass of water is given off?

A 7.2 g B 10.6 g C 14.4 g D 21.2 g

5 Solid aluminium chloride sublimes at 178 °C.

Which structure best represents the species in the vapour at this temperature?

A B C D

Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Al 3+(Cl –)3
Al
Al Al Al Al

Cl Cl Cl Cl
Cl Cl Cl

6 Which row is correct?

+
shape of H3O shape of SCl 2

A pyramidal non-linear
B pyramidal linear
C trigonal planar non-linear
D trigonal planar linear

© UCLES 2023 11_97BB23_1.1 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
4

3
7 When an evacuated tube of volume 400 cm is filled with gas at 300 K and 101 kPa, the mass of
the tube increases by 0.65 g.

Assume the gas behaves as an ideal gas.

What is the identity of the gas?

A argon
B helium
C krypton
D neon

8 Nitrogen, N2, and carbon monoxide, CO, both have Mr = 28.

The boiling point of N2 is 77 K.

The boiling point of CO is 82 K.

What could be responsible for this difference in boiling points?

A CO molecules have a permanent dipole; the N2 molecules are not polar.

B N2 has and bonding; CO has bonding only.

C N2 has a strong NŁN bond; CO has a C=O bond.

D The CO molecule has more electrons than the N2 molecule.

9 Which statement about enthalpy changes is correct?

A Enthalpy changes of reaction are always negative.


B Enthalpy changes of combustion are always positive.
C Enthalpy changes of formation are always positive.
D Enthalpy changes of neutralisation are always negative.

10 What is the definition of standard enthalpy change of neutralisation, ?

A when one mole of an aqueous acid is neutralised by an aqueous alkali

B when one mole of an aqueous alkali is neutralised by an aqueous acid

C when one mole of an aqueous acid is neutralised by one mole of an aqueous alkali

D when an aqueous acid and an aqueous alkali react together to produce one mole of
water

© UCLES 2023 11_9701_B2023_1.1


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
5

11 HOCl (aq) is the molecule that kills bacteria when chlorine is added to water.

The following reaction produces this molecule.


+ –
Cl 2(g) + H2O(I)  HOCl (aq) + H (aq) + Cl (aq)

Which statement about this reaction is correct?

A Chlorine is both oxidised and reduced.


B Chlorine is oxidised but not reduced.
C Hydrogen is both oxidised and reduced.
D Hydrogen is oxidised but not reduced.

12 Nitrogen dioxide, NO2, exists in equilibrium with dinitrogen tetroxide, N2O4.

–1
2NO2(g)  N2O4(g) H = –57 kJ mol

Which conditions give the greatest percentage of N2O4(g) at equilibrium?

pressure temperature

A high high
B high low
C low high
D low low

13 When an equimolar mixture of H2 and I2 react, the mole fraction of HI in the final mixture is x.

What is the equilibrium constant, Kp, for the reaction?

© UCLES 2023 11_9701_1B2023_1.1 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
6

14 In reaction 1, a student measures the initial rate of production of CO2(g) when CuCO3(s) is added
3 −3
to 50 cm of 0.1 mol dm HNO3(aq).
3 −3
In reaction 2, the student repeats the experiment using 50 cm of 0.5 mol dm HNO3(aq) and the
same mass of CuCO3(s).

In reaction 1 and reaction 2, the acid is in excess and samples of the same CuCO3 powder are
used.

Which row is correct?

A greater than 1 greater than 1


B greater than 1 less than 1
C less than 1 greater than 1
D less than 1 less than 1

15 The forward reaction of a reversible reaction is exothermic and has an activation energy of
–1
+30 kJ mol .

The reverse reaction proceeds by a mechanism that is the exact reverse of the mechanism of the
forward reaction.

Which statement about the activation energy of the reverse reaction is correct?
–1
A The activation energy for the reverse reaction is equal to –30 kJ mol .
–1
B The activation energy for the reverse reaction is greater than 0 kJ mol but less than
–1
+30 kJ mol .
–1
C The activation energy for the reverse reaction is equal to +30 kJ mol .
–1
D The activation energy for the reverse reaction is greater than +30 kJ mol .

© UCLES 2023 11_9701_1B2023_1.1


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
7

16 X, Y and Z are elements all found within Groups 13, 14 and 15 of the Periodic Table.

X is in the same group in the Periodic Table as Y.

Y and Z are in Period 3.

The first ionisation energy of X is greater than the first ionisation energy of Y.

The melting point of Z is less than the melting point of Y.

Y and Z both form chlorides which are white solids. These white solids react with water to produce
solutions with a pH of less than 4.

Which row of the table shows the possible identities of X and Y?

X Y

A B Al
B Ge Si
C As P
D N P

17 Which row about silicon, Si, and magnesium, Mg, and their ions is correct?

comparison of silicon
explanation
and magnesium

A Si has a greater Si has electrons in 3p orbitals.


atomic radius than Mg. Mg has electrons in the 3s orbital only.
B Si has a lower electrical Si has 4 delocalised electrons per atom.
conductivity than Mg. Mg only has 2 delocalised electrons per atom.
C Si has a lower Si has covalent bonding.
melting point than Mg. Mg has metallic bonding.
4+
D The radius of Si is smaller Si has a greater
2+
than the radius of Mg . nuclear charge than Mg.

© UCLES 2023 11_97BBB [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
8

18 Bromocresol green is an acid-base indicator. Below a pH of 3.8 it is yellow. Above a pH of 5.4 it is


blue. Between these values it is green.

Bromocresol green is added to the aqueous solution formed when the chloride of element T is
added to water. The colour becomes yellow.

When an excess of the solid oxide of element U is slowly added to this yellow solution, the indicator
turns green then blue.

Which row could identify element T and element U?

element T element U

A silicon sodium
B silicon phosphorus
C magnesium sodium
D magnesium phosphorus

19 Which row correctly describes the separate reactions of calcium and strontium with water?

substance reduced substance oxidised more vigorous reaction

A calcium or strontium water calcium + water


B calcium or strontium water strontium + water
C water calcium or strontium calcium + water
D water calcium or strontium strontium + water

20 L and M are both compounds of Group 2 elements.

L and M are both soluble in water.

When solutions of L and M are mixed, a white precipitate is formed.

What could be L and M?

A barium chloride and magnesium sulfate


B barium sulfate and magnesium chloride
C barium nitrate and magnesium chloride
D barium carbonate and magnesium nitrate

© UCLES 2023 11_9701_B2023_1.1


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
9

21 A 5.00 g sample of an anhydrous Group 2 metal nitrate loses 3.29 g in mass when heated strongly.

Which metal is present?

A magnesium
B calcium
C strontium
D barium

22 In this question, Q represents an atom of chlorine, bromine or iodine.

Which explanation for the variation in volatility down Group 17 is correct?

A Instantaneous dipole–induced dipole forces between molecules become stronger.


B Permanent dipole–permanent dipole forces between molecules become stronger.
C The bond energy of the Q2 molecules decreases.
+ –
D The first ionisation energy Q(g) → Q (g) + e decreases.

23 Which statement about the halogens or halide ions is correct?

A Bromide ions react to form a white precipitate when added to silver nitrate solution.
B Bromine does not oxidise chloride ions when added to sodium chloride solution.
C Fluorine atoms form cations by accepting electrons when they react.
D Chloride ions are stronger reducing agents than iodide ions.

24 If ammonium cyanate is heated in the absence of air, the only product of the reaction is urea,
CO(NH2)2. No other products are formed in the reaction.

What is the formula of the cyanate ion present in ammonium cyanate?


– 2– – 2–
A CON2 B CON2 C OCN D OCN

© UCLES 2023 11_9701BB023_1.1 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
10

25 Hexamine is a crystalline solid used as a fuel in portable stoves.

The diagram shows its skeletal structure.

hexamine

N N
N

What is the empirical formula of hexamine?

A CH2N B C3H6N2 C C4H8N4 D C6H12N4

26 The compound aspartame is widely used as a sweetener in ‘diet’ soft drinks.

aspartame
CH3

O O
O
HO C6 H 5
NH

O NH2

Aspartame is chiral. (There are no chiral carbon atoms in C6H5.)

How many chiral carbon atoms are present in a molecule of aspartame?

A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4

27 How many and bonds are in the molecule HCCCH2CH2CHC(CH3)2?

A 17 3 B 17 5 C 18 4 D 19 3

28 The hydrocarbon C17H36 can be cracked.

Which compound is the least likely to be produced in this reaction?

A C3H8 B C4H8 C C8H16 D C16H34

© UCLES 2023 11_9701BB023_1.1


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
11

29 Which compound has an Mr of 84 and will react with HBr to give a product with an Mr of 164.9?

A B C D

30 β-carotene is responsible for the orange colour of carrots.

β-carotene
CH3
CH3 CH3
CH3 CH3

CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3


CH3

β-carotene is oxidised by hot, concentrated, acidified KMnO4.

When an individual molecule of β-carotene is oxidised in this way, many product molecules are
formed.

How many of these product molecules contain a ketone functional group?

A 4 B 6 C 9 D 11

31 1,1-dichloropropane reacts with aqueous sodium hydroxide in a series of steps to give propanal.

NaOH(aq)
CH3CH2CHCl 2 CH3CH2CHO

Which term describes the first step of this reaction?

A addition
B elimination
C oxidation
D substitution

© UCLES 2023 11_9701_B023_1.1 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
12

32 Propanoic acid can be made from bromoethane using a two-stage synthesis.

Which pair of reagents is most suitable?

reagent for stage 1 reagent for stage 2

A hydrogen cyanide aqueous sodium hydroxide


B aqueous sodium hydroxide excess acidified potassium dichromate(VI)
C ethanolic sodium hydroxide acidified potassium manganate(VII)
D potassium cyanide dilute hydrochloric acid

33 Alcohol X gives a yellow precipitate with alkaline I2(aq).

What is the structure of X?

A B C D

OH CH2OH OH OH


34 When ethanol reacts with sodium metal, ethoxide ions, CH3CH2O , are produced.

When water reacts with sodium metal, OH ions are produced.

Which statement about these reactions and the ethoxide ion is correct?

A At the same temperature, the rate of reaction between sodium and ethanol is greater than
that between sodium and water.
− −
B CH3CH2O is a stronger base than OH due to the electron-donating effect of the ethyl
group.
C The negative charge on the oxygen in an ethoxide ion is delocalised.
D It is easier to deprotonate ethanol as it is more acidic than water.

© UCLES 2023 11_9701__2023_1.1


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
13

35 Menthol is a naturally occurring alcohol.

menthol

OH

When menthol is heated with concentrated sulfuric acid it reacts. The products formed include
compound T.

What is the structure of compound T?

A B C D

36 Which compound will produce a yellow-orange precipitate when added to 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine?

A B C D
O O

O OH

© UCLES 2023 11BBB2023_1.1 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
14


37 Ethanal, CH3CHO, undergoes an addition reaction with HCN in the presence of CN ions.

Which row identifies the type of reaction and the name of the product formed?

type of reaction name of product

A electrophilic addition 2-hydroxypropanenitrile


B electrophilic addition 2-hydroxyethanenitrile
C nucleophilic addition 2-hydroxypropanenitrile
D nucleophilic addition 2-hydroxyethanenitrile

38 The structure of compound X is shown.

X
O
O

What is produced when X is heated with NaOH(aq)?

A B

ONa OH
HO HO
O O

C D

O O
HO HO
ONa OH

© UCLES 2023 11_97BB3_1.1


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
15

39 The infrared spectrum of compound L is shown.

100

transmittance
%
50

0
4000 3000 2000 1500 1000 500
wavenumber / cm–1

bond functional groups containing the bond characteristic infrared absorption range
(in wavenumbers) / cm–1
C–O hydroxy, ester 1040–1300
C=C aromatic compound, alkene 1500–1680
C=O amide 1640–1690
carbonyl, carboxyl 1670–1740
ester 1710–1750
C≡N nitrile 2200–2250
C–H alkane 2850–2950
N–H amine, amide 3300–3500
O–H carboxyl 2500–3000
hydroxy 3200–3600

What is the structure of L?

A HOCH2COCH2OH
B HOCH2CH(OH)CHO
C HOCH2CH(OH)CH2OH
D HOCH2CH2COOH

© UCLES 2023 11_9701BB023_1.1 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
16

40 In the mass spectrum of compound J, the ratio of the height of the M +1 ion peak to the height of
the M + ion peak is 4 : 91.

Compound J forms a carboxylic acid when heated with acidified K2Cr2O7.

What is compound J?

A butanal
B butanone
C propan-1-ol
D propanenitrile

© UCLES 2023 11_9BB3_1.1


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
17

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2023 11_BB_1.1


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
18

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2023 11_97BBB.1


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
19

Important values, constants and standards

–1 –1
molar gas constant R = 8.31 J K mol
4 –1
Faraday constant F = 9.65 × 10 C mol
23 –1
Avogadro constant L = 6.022 × 10 mol
–19
electronic charge e = –1.60 × 10 C
3 –1
molar volume of gas Vm = 22.4 dm mol at s.t.p. (101 kPa and 273 K)
3 –1
Vm = 24.0 dm mol at room conditions
–14 2 –6
ionic product of water Kw = 1.00 × 10 mol dm (at 298 K (25 °C))

specific heat capacity of –1 –1 –1 –1


c = 4.18 kJ kg K (4.18 J g K )
water

© UCLES 2023 BBBB


Paperland ~ 0761099116
© UCLES 2023
The Periodic Table of Elements
Group
1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18
1 2

H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1.0 4.0
3 4 atomic number 5 6 7 8 9 10

Li Be atomic symbol B C N O F Ne
lithium beryllium name boron carbon nitrogen oxygen fluorine neon
6.9 9.0 relative atomic mass 10.8 12.0 14.0 16.0 19.0 20.2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar
sodium magnesium aluminium silicon phosphorus sulfur chlorine argon
23.0 24.3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 27.0 28.1 31.0 32.1 35.5 39.9

www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
potassium calcium scandium titanium vanadium chromium manganese iron cobalt nickel copper zinc gallium germanium arsenic selenium bromine krypton
39.1 40.1 45.0 47.9 50.9 52.0 54.9 55.8 58.9 58.7 63.5 65.4 69.7 72.6 74.9 79.0 79.9 83.8
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
20

Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
rubidium strontium yttrium zirconium niobium molybdenum technetium ruthenium rhodium palladium silver cadmium indium tin antimony tellurium iodine xenon
85.5 87.6 88.9 91.2 92.9 95.9 – 101.1 102.9 106.4 107.9 112.4 114.8 118.7 121.8 127.6 126.9 131.3
Fahama

55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86

11_9BBB.1
lanthanoids
Cs Ba Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tl Pb Bi Po At Rn
caesium barium hafnium tantalum tungsten rhenium osmium iridium platinum gold mercury thallium lead bismuth polonium astatine radon
132.9 137.3 178.5 180.9 183.8 186.2 190.2 192.2 195.1 197.0 200.6 204.4 207.2 209.0 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118
actinoids
Fr Ra Rf Db Sg Bh Hs Mt Ds Rg Cn Nh Fl Mc Lv Ts Og
francium radium rutherfordium dubnium seaborgium bohrium hassium meitnerium darmstadtium roentgenium copernicium nihonium flerovium moscovium livermorium tennessine oganesson
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71

lanthanoids La Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
lanthanum cerium praseodymium neodymium promethium samarium europium gadolinium terbium dysprosium holmium erbium thulium ytterbium lutetium
138.9 140.1 140.9 144.4 – 150.4 152.0 157.3 158.9 162.5 164.9 167.3 168.9 173.1 175.0
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
actinoids Ac Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
actinium thorium protactinium uranium neptunium plutonium americium curium berkelium californium einsteinium fermium mendelevium nobelium lawrencium
– 232.0 231.0 238.0 – – – – – – – – – – –

Paperland ~ 0761099116
International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge Assessment
Fahama

Cambridge International AS & A Level


* 2 1 2 9 9 1 3 4 2 8 *

CHEMISTRY 9701/21
Paper 2 AS Level Structured Questions October/November 2023

1 hour 15 minutes

You must answer on the question paper.

No additional materials are needed.

INSTRUCTIONS
● Answer all questions.
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
● Do not write on any bar codes.
● You may use a calculator.
● You should show all your working and use appropriate units.

INFORMATION
● The total mark for this paper is 60.
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].
● The Periodic Table is printed in the question paper.
● Important values, constants and standards are printed in the question paper.

This document has 20 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.

DC (AP) 343917/1
© UCLES 2023 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
2

1 The elements phosphorus, sulfur and chlorine are in Period 3 of the Periodic Table.

Table 1.1 shows some properties of the elements P to Cl .

The first ionisation energy of S is not shown.

Table 1.1

property P S Cl
number of electrons in 3p subshell
total number of unpaired electrons
first ionisation energy / kJ mol–1 1060 1260
formula of most common anion P3– S2– Cl –

(a) (i) Complete Table 1.1 to show the number of electrons in the 3p subshell and the total
number of unpaired electrons in an atom of P, S and Cl . [2]

(ii) Construct an equation to represent the first ionisation energy of P.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(iii) Three possible values for the first ionisation energy of S are given.

1000 kJ mol–1 1160 kJ mol–1 1320 kJ mol–1

Circle the correct value.

Explain your choice by comparing your chosen value to those of P and Cl .

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [4]

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/O/N/23


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
3

(b) P3–, S2– and Cl – have the same number of electrons.

(i) Give the full electronic configuration of P3–.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) State the trend in ionic radius shown by P3–, S2– and Cl –.

Explain your answer.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

(c) A student does three tests on separate samples of NaCl (aq).

Complete Table 1.2 with the observations the student makes in each test.

Table 1.2

test test observations


1 addition of a few drops of
Br2(aq)
2 addition of a few drops of
concentrated H2SO4
3 addition of a few drops of
dilute AgNO3(aq)
[3]

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/O/N/23 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
4

(d) POCl3 shows similar chemical properties to PCl5.

POCl3 has a melting point of 1°C and a boiling point of 106 °C.

POCl3 reacts vigorously with water, forming misty fumes and an acidic solution.

(i) Explain how the information in (d) suggests the structure and bonding of POCl3 is simple
covalent.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Construct an equation for the reaction of POCl3 with water.

POCl3 + ................................. .....................................................................................


[1]

(iii) POCl3 contains a double covalent bond between P and O.

Complete the dot-and-cross diagram, in Fig. 1.1, to show the bonding in POCl3.

Show outer shell electrons only.

Cl P Cl

Cl

Fig. 1.1
[2]

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/O/N/23


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
5

(e) POCl3(g) forms when PCl3(g) reacts with O2(g).

2PCl3(g) + O2(g) 2POCl3(g)

Table 1.3 gives some relevant data.

Table 1.3

process value / kJ mol–1


enthalpy change of formation of PCl3(g) –289
enthalpy change of formation of POCl3(g) –592
O2(g) 2O(g) +496

(i) Define enthalpy change of formation, ΔHf .

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Calculate the bond energy of P=O in POCl 3 using the data in Table 1.3.

Show your working.

bond energy of P=O = .................................................. kJ mol–1


[2]

[Total: 22]

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/O/N/23 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
6

2 Barium hydroxide, Ba(OH)2 , is a strong base used in inorganic and organic reactions.

Fig. 2.1 shows a reaction scheme involving Ba(OH)2.

H2O(l)
BaO(s) Ba(OH)2(aq) BaCO3(s) + H2O(l)
reaction 1 reaction 2

CH3COOH(aq)
reaction 3

A(aq) + H2O(l)

Fig. 2.1

(a) (i) State the variation in solubilities of group 2 hydroxides.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) State what is observed in reaction 1.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(iii) Suggest a reactant for reaction 2.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(iv) Identify A.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(v) Ba(OH)2 is made by the reaction of Ba with water.

Write an equation for this reaction.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/O/N/23


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
7

(b) The mineral barytocalcite contains both BaCO3 and CaCO3. Both compounds decompose on
heating.

(i) State which compound decomposes first when barytocalcite is heated.

Explain your answer.

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Construct an equation for the complete thermal decomposition of barytocalcite.

The formula of barytocalcite is BaCa(CO3)2.

BaCa(CO3)2 ................................................................................................................ [1]

(c) Ba(OH)2 is used to hydrolyse organic compounds.

Fig. 2.2 shows the reaction of B with Ba(OH)2, followed by acidification.

Draw the structures of the organic products of the process shown in Fig. 2.2.

CO2CH3
CN

Ba(OH)2 then HNO3

organic product 1 organic product 2

+ + Ba(NO3)2

Fig. 2.2

[3]

[Total: 10]

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/O/N/23 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
8

3 Potassium chlorate, KCl O3, is widely used as an oxidising agent and to make O2(g).

(a) Define oxidising agent.

...................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) KCl O3(s) decomposes when heated.

MnO2(s) catalyses the exothermic decomposition reaction.

Complete and label the diagram in Fig. 3.1 to show the effect of MnO2(s) on the decomposition
of KCl O3(s).

enthalpy

reactants

products

progress of reaction

Fig. 3.1
[2]

(c) When KCl O3 is heated without a catalyst, KCl O4 and KCl form.

4KCl O3 3KCl O4 + KCl

Explain why this reaction is described as a disproportionation reaction.

...................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/O/N/23


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
9

(d) Molten KCl O3 reacts with glucose, C6H12O6.

4KCl O3 + C6H12O6 6CO2 + 6H2O + 4KCl

KCl O3 melts at 630 K. At this temperature, both CO2 and H2O are gases.

(i) Use the ideal gas equation to calculate the volume, in m3, of one mole of gas at 630 K
and 1.00 × 105 Pa.

Show your working. Give your answer to 3 significant figures.

volume of 1 mol of gas = ......................................................... m3


[1]

(ii) 5.00 g of C6H12O6 reacts completely with molten KCl O3.

Use your answer to (d)(i) to calculate the total volume of gas released at 630 K and
1.00 × 105 Pa in this reaction.

(If you were unable to answer (d)(i), use 0.0463 m3 in this question. This is not the
correct answer to (d)(i).)

total volume of gas released = ......................................................... m3


[2]

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/O/N/23 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
10

(e) The structure of glucose, C6H12O6, is shown in Fig. 3.2.

glucose
OH OH
HO
O
OH OH

Fig. 3.2

(i) Complete Table 3.1 to identify the number of primary, secondary and tertiary alcohol
groups present in the structure shown in Fig. 3.2.

Table 3.1

type of alcohol group primary secondary tertiary

number of groups
[1]

(ii) Separate samples of aqueous glucose are tested with the reagents shown in Table 3.2.

Complete Table 3.2 with the observation for each reaction.

Write “no reaction” if applicable.

Table 3.2

reagent and conditions observation with glucose

acidified KMnO4(aq) and warm

Fehling’s reagent and warm

alkaline I2(aq) and warm


[3]

(iii) There are many structural isomers of C6H12O6.

Define structural isomers.

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 12]

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/O/N/23


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/O/N/23 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
12

4 Compounds C and D are alkenes with the same molecular formula, C5H10.

C D

Fig. 4.1

(a) (i) Give the systematic name of D.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Explain why C and D do not show geometrical (cis/trans) isomerism.

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(iii) Draw the structure of a molecule that is a positional isomer of C and D.

[1]

(iv) Give the structural formula of the compound formed when D reacts with H2(g) in the
presence of a Pt catalyst.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(v) C can form an addition polymer.

Draw the structure of one repeat unit of this addition polymer.

[1]

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/O/N/23


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
13

(b) The mass spectrum of C shows a molecular ion peak at m/e = 70. This peak has a relative
intensity of 48.7.

The relative intensity of the [M+1] peak is 2.7.

Show that this information is consistent with the molecular formula of C.

[2]

(c) C and D both react with HBr.

(i) C reacts with HBr to form E.

Complete the diagram in Fig. 4.2 to show the mechanism for this reaction.

Draw the structure of the organic intermediate.

Include charges, dipoles, lone pairs of electrons and curly arrows, as appropriate.

C E

Br
H – Br

Fig. 4.2
[3]

(ii) D reacts with HBr to produce F, a chiral bromoalkane.

Draw the structure of F.

[1]

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/O/N/23 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
14

(iii) Explain why the reaction of HBr with C and D produces different major products.

C D

Fig. 4.3

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) C can be used to form H.

H
O

Fig. 4.4

One possible synthesis of H is shown in Fig. 4.5. Different portions of C are used in reactions
1 and 3. Some of the products are then combined to produce H.

Fig. 4.5 does not show any of the inorganic products of the reactions.

C E
HBr(g)
J
reaction 1 reaction 2
Br

reaction 3
O
G +

H
O
then: J + G
reaction 4
O

Fig. 4.5

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/O/N/23


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
15

Complete Table 4.1 with the reagents and conditions required for each of the reactions shown
in Fig. 4.5.

Table 4.1

reagent and conditions

reaction 1 C E HBr(g)

reaction 2 E J

O
reaction 3 C G+

reaction 4 J+G H

[3]

[Total: 16]

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/O/N/23


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
16

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/O/N/23


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
17

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/O/N/23


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
18

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/O/N/23


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
19

Important values, constants and standards

molar gas constant R = 8.31 J K–1 mol–1


Faraday constant F = 9.65 × 104 C mol–1
Avogadro constant L = 6.022 × 1023 mol–1
electronic charge e = –1.60 × 10–19 C
molar volume of gas Vm = 22.4 dm3 mol–1 at s.t.p. (101 kPa and 273 K)
Vm = 24.0 dm3 mol–1 at room conditions
ionic product of water Kw = 1.00 × 10–14 mol2 dm–6 (at 298 K (25 °C))
specific heat capacity of water c = 4.18 kJ kg–1 K–1 (4.18 J g–1 K–1)

© UCLES 2023 9701/21/O/N/23


Paperland ~ 0761099116
© UCLES 2023
The Periodic Table of Elements
Group
1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18
1 2

H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1.0 4.0
3 4 atomic number 5 6 7 8 9 10

Li Be atomic symbol B C N O F Ne
lithium beryllium name boron carbon nitrogen oxygen fluorine neon
6.9 9.0 relative atomic mass 10.8 12.0 14.0 16.0 19.0 20.2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar
sodium magnesium aluminium silicon phosphorus sulfur chlorine argon
23.0 24.3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 27.0 28.1 31.0 32.1 35.5 39.9
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.


K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
potassium calcium scandium titanium vanadium chromium manganese iron cobalt nickel copper zinc gallium germanium arsenic selenium bromine krypton
39.1 40.1 45.0 47.9 50.9 52.0 54.9 55.8 58.9 58.7 63.5 65.4 69.7 72.6 74.9 79.0 79.9 83.8
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
20

Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
rubidium strontium yttrium zirconium niobium molybdenum technetium ruthenium rhodium palladium silver cadmium indium tin antimony tellurium iodine xenon
85.5 87.6 88.9 91.2 92.9 95.9 – 101.1 102.9 106.4 107.9 112.4 114.8 118.7 121.8 127.6 126.9 131.3

9701/21/O/N/23
Fahama

55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
lanthanoids
Cs Ba Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tl Pb Bi Po At Rn
caesium barium hafnium tantalum tungsten rhenium osmium iridium platinum gold mercury thallium lead bismuth polonium astatine radon
132.9 137.3 178.5 180.9 183.8 186.2 190.2 192.2 195.1 197.0 200.6 204.4 207.2 209.0 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118
actinoids
Fr Ra Rf Db Sg Bh Hs Mt Ds Rg Cn Nh Fl Mc Lv Ts Og
francium radium rutherfordium dubnium seaborgium bohrium hassium meitnerium darmstadtium roentgenium copernicium nihonium flerovium moscovium livermorium tennessine oganesson
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
lanthanoids La Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
lanthanum cerium praseodymium neodymium promethium samarium europium gadolinium terbium dysprosium holmium erbium thulium ytterbium lutetium
138.9 140.1 140.9 144.4 – 150.4 152.0 157.3 158.9 162.5 164.9 167.3 168.9 173.1 175.0
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
actinoids Ac Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
actinium thorium protactinium uranium neptunium plutonium americium curium berkelium californium einsteinium fermium mendelevium nobelium lawrencium
– 232.0 231.0 238.0 – – – – – – – – – – –

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Fahama

Cambridge International AS & A Level

CHEMISTRY 9701/11
Paper 1 Multiple Choice May/June 2024
1 hour 15 minutes

You must answer on the multiple choice answer sheet.


*5097018829*

You will need: Multiple choice answer sheet


Soft clean eraser
Soft pencil (type B or HB is recommended)

INSTRUCTIONS
 There are forty questions on this paper. Answer all questions.
 For each question there are four possible answers A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider correct
and record your choice in soft pencil on the multiple choice answer sheet.
 Follow the instructions on the multiple choice answer sheet.
 Write in soft pencil.
 Write your name, centre number and candidate number on the multiple choice answer sheet in the
spaces provided unless this has been done for you.
 Do not use correction fluid.
 Do not write on any bar codes.
 You may use a calculator.

INFORMATION
 The total mark for this paper is 40.
 Each correct answer will score one mark.
 Any rough working should be done on this question paper.
 The Periodic Table is printed in the question paper.
 Important values, constants and standards are printed in the question paper.

This document has 20 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.

IB24 06_9701_11/2RP
© UCLES 2024 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
2

1 Sample X is added to water and made up to a total volume of 200 cm3. This gives a solution of
0.100 mol dm–3 HCl.

What is X?

A 10 cm3 of 1.00 mol dm–3 HCl


B 30 cm3 of 0.90 mol dm–3 HCl

C 50 cm3 of 0.40 mol dm–3 HCl


D 100 cm3 of 0.30 mol dm–3 HCl

2 A mixture of 10 cm3 of methane and 10 cm3 of ethane was sparked with an excess of
oxygen. After cooling, the residual gas was passed through aqueous potassium hydroxide.

All gas volumes were measured at the same temperature and pressure.

Which volume of gas was absorbed by the alkali?

A 15 cm3 B 20 cm3 C 30 cm3 D 40 cm3

3 Z is a compound of two elements, X and Y.

Element X shows a very large increase between its 5th and 6th ionisation energies. It has the
second largest 1st ionisation energy in its group.

Element Y shows a very large increase between its 6th and 7th ionisation energies. It has the
largest 1st ionisation energy in its group.

What is compound Z?

A NO2 B PCl 5 C P4O10 D SF6

131
4 Which statement about 53 I is correct?

131
A A negative ion of 53 I contains 53 neutrons and 52 electrons.

131
B A negative ion of 53 I contains 53 neutrons and 54 electrons.

131
C A negative ion of 53 I contains 78 neutrons and 52 electrons.

131
D A negative ion of 53 I contains 78 neutrons and 54 electrons.

© UCLES 2024 9701/11/M/J/24


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
3

5 When solid aluminium chloride is heated, Al 2Cl 6 is formed.

Which bonding is present in Al 2Cl 6?

A covalent and coordinate (dative covalent)


B covalent only
C ionic and coordinate (dative covalent)
D ionic only

6 The structure of the sulfur dioxide molecule is shown.

O S O
What is the shape of the sulfur dioxide molecule?

A linear
B non-linear
C pyramidal
D tetrahedral

7 What is the density of a sample of fluorine gas at 32 C and 100 000 Pa? Assume fluorine
behaves as an ideal gas under these conditions.

A 1.4 g dm–3 B 1.5 g dm–3 C 1.6 g dm–3 D 1.7 g dm–3

© UCLES 2024 9701/11/M/J/24 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
4

8 The graph shows the boiling points of the hydrogen compounds of Group 16 elements.

100 H 2O

boiling point
/ qC
0
H2Te
H2Se
H2S
–100

Which statement correctly explains why water does not fit the trend of the other compounds?

A There are fewer electrons in the oxygen atoms so there is less shielding of the nuclear
charge.
B There are strong hydrogen bonds in water but not in the other compounds.
C The covalent bonds in water are much stronger than in the other compounds.
D The water molecules are smaller and so have stronger van der Waals’ forces.

9 An energy cycle is shown.

CH4 + 2O2

X Y

C + 2H2 + 2O2 CO2 + 2H2O


Z

The energy changes involved are X, Y and Z.

The numerical value of energy change Y is either –890 or +890.

The numerical value of energy change Z is either –964 or +964.

Which of the three values are negative?

A X and Z B X only C Y and Z D Y only

© UCLES 2024 9701/11/M/J/24


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
5

10 For a certain endothermic reaction, the activation energy is numerically equal to twice the
enthalpy change of reaction.

Which reaction pathway diagram is correct for this reaction?

A B

energy energy

progress of reaction progress of reaction

C D

energy energy

progress of reaction progress of reaction

11 Sodium chromate(VI), Na2CrO4, is manufactured by heating chromite, FeCr2O4, with


sodium carbonate in an oxidising atmosphere. Chromite contains Cr2O42– ions.

2FeCr2O4 + 4Na2CO3 + 3 21 O2  4Na2CrO4 + Fe2O3 + 4CO2

What happens in this reaction?

A Chromium and iron are the only elements oxidised.


B Chromium, iron and carbon are oxidised.
C Only chromium is oxidised.
D Only iron is oxidised.

12 Oxygen can be prepared by the reaction of potassium manganate(VII), KMnO4,


hydrogen peroxide, H2O2, and sulfuric acid, H2SO4. Each H2O2 molecule loses two electrons in
this reaction. The other products of the reaction are potassium sulfate, manganese(II) sulfate
and water.

How many moles of oxygen gas are produced when 1.0 mol of KMnO4 reacts with an excess of
H2O2 in acidic conditions?

A 2.0 mol B 2.5 mol C 4.5 mol D 5.0 mol

© UCLES 2024 9701/11/M/J/24 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
6

13 An alcohol, ROH, reacts reversibly with ethanoic acid to produce an ester.

ROH(l) + CH3COOH(l) CH3COOR(l) + H2O(l)

3.0 mol of ROH, 2.0 mol of ethanoic acid and 1.0 mol of water are mixed together. At equilibrium,
1.5 mol of CH3COOR is present.

What is the value of the equilibrium constant, Kc, for this reaction?

A 0.20 B 0.25 C 2.00 D 5.00

14 Graphs can be drawn to show the percentage of ammonia at equilibrium when nitrogen and
hydrogen are mixed at different temperatures and pressures.

Which diagram correctly represents these two graphs?

A B
40 40
400 qC 500 qC
% NH3 at % NH3 at
20 20
equilibrium equilibrium
500 qC 400 qC
0 0
0 10 20 0 10 20
pressure / 103 kPa pressure / 103 kPa

C D
40 500 qC 40 400 qC
% NH3 at % NH3 at
20 400 qC 20 500 qC
equilibrium equilibrium

0 0
0 10 20 0 10 20
pressure / 103 kPa pressure / 103 kPa

© UCLES 2024 9701/11/M/J/24


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
7

15 The Boltzmann distribution for the hydrogenation of an alkene at a particular temperature in the
absence of a catalyst is shown.

proportion
of molecules Ea
with energy E

0
0
molecular energy E

Which row correctly describes the effects of adding a nickel catalyst to the reaction vessel?

the shape of the


activation energy, Ea
Boltzmann distribution

A changes decreases
B changes increases
C does not change decreases
D does not change increases

16 Elements Y and Z are both in Period 3 of the Periodic Table.

When the chloride of element Y is added to water, it reacts and a solution of pH 2 is produced.

When the chloride of element Z is added to water, it dissolves and a solution of pH 7 is produced.

Which statement explains these observations?

A Both chlorides hydrolyse in water.


B Element Y is magnesium and element Z is sodium.
C Element Y is phosphorus and element Z is aluminium.
D Element Y is silicon and element Z is sodium.

17 Aluminium, silicon and phosphorus are elements in Period 3 of the Periodic Table. Each element
forms an oxide.

Which row is correct?

Al 2O3 SiO2 P4O10

A basic amphoteric acidic


B giant ionic giant ionic simple molecular
C high melting point high melting point low melting point
D vigorous reaction with water slight reaction with water vigorous reaction with water

© UCLES 2024 9701/11/M/J/24 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
8

18 Which statement is correct?

A The atomic radius of silicon is larger than that of aluminium.


B The boiling point of chlorine is higher than that of silicon.
C The first ionisation energy of sulfur is greater than that of phosphorus.
D The electrical conductivity of magnesium is greater than that of sodium.

19 All solubility data in this question is given at the same temperature.

The table gives some data for compounds of calcium and for compounds of X, an unidentified
element in Group 2.

decomposition
solubility of sulfate solubility of hydroxide
element temperature of
/ mol per 100 g of water / mol per 100 g of water
carbonate / C

Ca 840 4.66  10–3 1.53  10–3


X 1150

What is the missing data for element X?

solubility of sulfate solubility of hydroxide


/ mol per 100 g of water / mol per 100 g of water

A 7.11  10–5 2.00  10–5


B 7.11  10–5 3.37  10–3
C 1.83  10–1 2.00  10–5
D 1.83  10–1 3.37  10–3

20 What is the total volume of gas produced, measured at room conditions, when 0.010 mol of
anhydrous magnesium nitrate is completely decomposed by heating?

A 240 cm3 B 480 cm3 C 600 cm3 D 720 cm3

© UCLES 2024 9701/11/M/J/24


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
9

21 A solid sodium halide, NaX, is reacted with concentrated sulfuric acid. The lowest oxidation state
of sulfur in the products is +4.

Halogen Y2 is less volatile than halogen X2.

What are the identities of sodium halide NaX and halogen Y2?

sodium halide NaX halogen Y2

A sodium bromide chlorine


B sodium bromide iodine
C sodium iodide bromine
D sodium iodide astatine

22 Compound Q dissolves in water. Q(aq) does not react with dilute sulfuric acid.

Q(aq) forms a precipitate when aqueous silver nitrate is added. This precipitate is partially soluble
in aqueous ammonia.

What could be compound Q?

A barium bromide
B barium iodide
C magnesium bromide
D magnesium iodide

23 Nitrogen dioxide is a gas that contributes to air pollution. It is produced in internal combustion
engines.

Which statement is correct?

A Nitrogen dioxide acts as a catalyst in the atmospheric oxidation of sulfur dioxide to


sulfur trioxide.
B Nitrogen dioxide reacts to form nitrogen monoxide in the catalytic converter of a car exhaust
system.
C PAN forms when nitrogen dioxide reacts with the gases formed by complete combustion of
the fuel.
D Under high pressure in an internal combustion engine, nitrogen dioxide forms from impurities
in the fuel.

24 What is the bond angle in the ammonium ion?

A 90 B 107 C 109.5 D 120

© UCLES 2024 9701/11/M/J/24 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
10

25 Structural isomerism and stereoisomerism should be taken into account when answering this
question.

The structure of 3-methylcyclobutene is shown.

3-methylcyclobutene

A mixture containing all stereoisomers of 3-methylcyclobutene is treated with HBr. This produces
a mixture of isomeric bromomethylcyclobutanes.

How many stereoisomers does 3-methylcyclobutene have, and how many isomeric
bromomethylcyclobutanes are present in the product mixture?

3-methylcyclobutene bromomethylcyclobutanes

A 2 4
B 2 6
C 4 4
D 4 8

26 The diagram shows the structure of X.

X
NC H

H H

Which row is correct?

number of type of hybridisation of


 bonds in X the carbon atoms in X

A 4 sp and sp2
B 4 sp2 and sp3
C 6 sp and sp2
D 6 sp2 and sp3

© UCLES 2024 9701/11/M/J/24


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
11

27 The diagram shows the skeletal formula of citric acid.

citric acid
O OH
O O

HO OH
OH

What is the molecular formula of citric acid?

A C6H8O7 B C6H4O7 C C8H8O7 D C10H8O7

28 Which reaction occurs when ethane and chlorine are mixed in diffused sunlight?

A a free-radical substitution with hydrogen given off


B a free-radical substitution with hydrogen chloride given off
C a free-radical substitution with no gas given off
D a nucleophilic substitution with hydrogen chloride given off

29 A molecule of geraniol is shown.

geraniol

OH

What is formed when geraniol is reacted with an excess of cold dilute acidified MnO4–?

A B
O

OH OH
HO HO HO HO
OH OH O O

C D
O

+ O + O
O OH OH
O
OH OH

© UCLES 2024 9701/11/M/J/24 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
12

30 Q is either a primary or a tertiary halogenoalkane. Q undergoes hydrolysis with aqueous


sodium hydroxide.

The first step in the mechanism of this reaction involves two species reacting together.

Which row is correct?

Q behaviour of hydroxide ion

A primary halogenoalkane electrophile


B primary halogenoalkane nucleophile
C tertiary halogenoalkane electrophile
D tertiary halogenoalkane nucleophile

31 2-bromopropane is converted to 1,2-dibromopropane in a pathway involving two reactions.

reaction 1 reaction 2
2-bromopropane compound X 1,2-dibromopropane

What are the reagents and conditions for the two reactions?

reaction 1 reaction 2

A heat under reflux with aqueous NaOH HBr(g) at room temperature


B heat under reflux with aqueous NaOH Br2(l) at room temperature
C heat under reflux with ethanolic NaOH HBr(g) at room temperature
D heat under reflux with ethanolic NaOH Br2(l) at room temperature

32 Compound X is a single, pure, optical isomer. Compound X is heated with an excess of


concentrated H2SO4. Only one organic product is formed.

What is compound X?

A B C D
OH
OH CH2OH
HO

33 Which reagents could be used to form 2-bromobutane from butan-1-ol?

A bromine and ultraviolet light


B concentrated sulfuric acid with potassium bromide, under reflux
C concentrated sulfuric acid followed by bromine
D concentrated sulfuric acid followed by hydrogen bromide

© UCLES 2024 9701/11/M/J/24


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
13

34 X is a non-cyclic ketone with a single carbonyl group and no other functional groups. Ketone X
has the following properties.

● When ketone X is treated with NaBH4, the organic product has a Mr 2.3256%
greater than the Mr of ketone X.

● Ketone X gives a yellow precipitate with alkaline I2(aq).

How many isomeric ketones could be ketone X?

A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4

35 Compound Y:

● changes the colour of acidified K2Cr2O7 from orange to green


● has no effect on Fehling’s reagent
● produces an orange precipitate with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine reagent.

What is compound Y?

A B C D

CH3CCH2C H CH3CCH2CCH3 CH3CCH2CH2OH HOCH2CH2CH2CH2OH

O O O O O

36 The product of the reaction between propanone and hydrogen cyanide is hydrolysed under acidic
conditions.

What is the formula of the final product?

A CH3CH(OH)COOH
B CH3CH2CH2COOH
C (CH3)2CHCONH2
D (CH3)2C(OH)COOH

© UCLES 2024 9701/11/M/J/24 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
14

37 P is a carboxylic acid with molecular formula C5H10O2.

Carboxylic acid P reacts with an excess of LiAl H4 to form compound Q.

Which pairs of molecules could be carboxylic acid P and compound Q?

carboxylic acid P compound Q

1 CH3(CH2)3COOH CH3(CH2)3OH
2 CH3(CH2)3COOH CH3(CH2)3CHO
3 (CH3)3CCOOH (CH3)3CCH2OH

A 1 and 2 B 1 and 3 C 2 and 3 D 3 only

38 Compound X is treated with an excess of dilute aqueous potassium hydroxide.

X
O

What is the structure of the organic product?

A B
O O


O OH HO OH

C D
O O


O OH HO OH

© UCLES 2024 9701/11/M/J/24


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
15

39 A section showing two repeat units of an addition polymer is shown.

CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3

C C C C

Cl CH3 Cl CH3

What is the identity of the monomer that produced this polymer?

A 2-chloro-3-methylbutane
B 2-chloro-3-methylbut-2-ene
C 2-chloropent-2-ene
D 2,4-dichloro-3,3,4,5-tetramethylhexane

40 The relative atomic mass of antimony is 121.76.

Antimony has two isotopes. The mass numbers of the two isotopes differ by two. The isotope
with the lower mass number is the more abundant.

What is the percentage abundance of the isotope with the higher mass number?

A 12% B 38% C 62% D 88%

© UCLES 2024 9701/11/M/J/24


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
16

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2024 9701/11/M/J/24


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
17

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2024 9701/11/M/J/24


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
18

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2024 9701/11/M/J/24


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
19

Important values, constants and standards

molar gas constant R = 8.31 J K–1 mol–1


Faraday constant F = 9.65  104 C mol–1
Avogadro constant L = 6.022  1023 mol–1
electronic charge e = –1.60  10–19 C
molar volume of gas Vm = 22.4 dm3 mol–1 at s.t.p. (101 kPa and 273 K)
Vm = 24.0 dm3 mol–1 at room conditions
ionic product of water Kw = 1.00  10–14 mol2 dm–6 (at 298 K (25 C))
specific heat capacity of water c = 4.18 kJ kg–1 K–1 (4.18 J g–1 K–1)

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of Cambridge Assessment. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of Cambridge
Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2024 9701/11/M/J/24


Paperland ~ 0761099116
© UCLES 2024
The Periodic Table of Elements
Group
1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18
1 2

H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1.0 4.0
3 4 atomic number 5 6 7 8 9 10

Li Be atomic symbol B C N O F Ne
lithium beryllium name boron carbon nitrogen oxygen fluorine neon
6.9 9.0 relative atomic mass 10.8 12.0 14.0 16.0 19.0 20.2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar
sodium magnesium aluminium silicon phosphorus sulfur chlorine argon
23.0 24.3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 27.0 28.1 31.0 32.1 35.5 39.9
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
potassium calcium scandium titanium vanadium chromium manganese iron cobalt nickel copper zinc gallium germanium arsenic selenium bromine krypton
39.1 40.1 45.0 47.9 50.9 52.0 54.9 55.8 58.9 58.7 63.5 65.4 69.7 72.6 74.9 79.0 79.9 83.8
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
20

Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
rubidium strontium yttrium zirconium niobium molybdenum technetium ruthenium rhodium palladium silver cadmium indium tin antimony tellurium iodine xenon
85.5 87.6 88.9 91.2 92.9 95.9 – 101.1 102.9 106.4 107.9 112.4 114.8 118.7 121.8 127.6 126.9 131.3

9701/11/M/J/24
Fahama

55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
lanthanoids
Cs Ba Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tl Pb Bi Po At Rn
caesium barium hafnium tantalum tungsten rhenium osmium iridium platinum gold mercury thallium lead bismuth polonium astatine radon
132.9 137.3 178.5 180.9 183.8 186.2 190.2 192.2 195.1 197.0 200.6 204.4 207.2 209.0 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118
actinoids
Fr Ra Rf Db Sg Bh Hs Mt Ds Rg Cn Nh Fl Mc Lv Ts Og
francium radium rutherfordium dubnium seaborgium bohrium hassium meitnerium darmstadtium roentgenium copernicium nihonium flerovium moscovium livermorium tennessine oganesson
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
lanthanoids La Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
lanthanum cerium praseodymium neodymium promethium samarium europium gadolinium terbium dysprosium holmium erbium thulium ytterbium lutetium
138.9 140.1 140.9 144.4 – 150.4 152.0 157.3 158.9 162.5 164.9 167.3 168.9 173.1 175.0
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
actinoids Ac Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
actinium thorium protactinium uranium neptunium plutonium americium curium berkelium californium einsteinium fermium mendelevium nobelium lawrencium
– 232.0 231.0 238.0 – – – – – – – – – – –

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama

Cambridge International AS & A Level


* 3 4 6 4 8 3 0 5 3 7 *

CHEMISTRY 9701/21
Paper 2 AS Level Structured Questions May/June 2024

1 hour 15 minutes

You must answer on the question paper.

No additional materials are needed.

INSTRUCTIONS
● Answer all questions.
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
● Do not write on any bar codes.
● You may use a calculator.
● You should show all your working and use appropriate units.

INFORMATION
● The total mark for this paper is 60.
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].
● The Periodic Table is printed in the question paper.
● Important values, constants and standards are printed in the question paper.

This document has 16 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.

DC (PQ/CT) 324892/3
© UCLES 2024 [Turn over

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
2

1 (a) The elements of Group 17 are called halogens.

Complete Table 1.1.

Table 1.1

halogen colour at 293 K

chlorine

bromine

iodine
[1]

(b) State the trend in volatility of the halogens chlorine, bromine and iodine. Explain your answer.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................. [3]

(c) Iodine is made by reacting bromine with sodium iodide.

(i) Construct an ionic equation for the reaction of bromine with sodium iodide.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) State the role of bromine in the reaction. Explain your answer.

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2024 9701/21/M/J/24


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
3

(d) Concentrated sulfuric acid is added to separate samples containing equal amounts of NaCl ,
NaBr and NaI. All three samples initially react to produce the hydrogen halide.

(i) Write an equation to describe the acid–base reaction that occurs when concentrated
sulfuric acid reacts with NaBr.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Deduce which sodium halide, NaCl , NaBr or NaI, produces the largest percentage yield
of hydrogen halide when concentrated sulfuric acid is added. Explain your answer by
considering the relative reactivity of the halide ions as reducing agents.

identity of sodium halide ....................................................................................................

explanation ........................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
[3]

[Total: 10]

© UCLES 2024 9701/21/M/J/24 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
4

2 (a) Sulfur chloride, SCl 2, is a liquid at room temperature. When SCl 2 is added to water, misty
fumes are seen and a solution is made that turns universal indicator red.

(i) Identify the type of reaction that occurs when SCl 2 is added to water.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Name a chloride of a different Period 3 element that is also a liquid at room temperature
and produces misty fumes when added to water.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) A molecule of SCl 2 contains two S–Cl covalent bonds.

(i) Complete the dot-and-cross diagram in Fig. 2.1 to show the arrangement of the outer
electrons in a molecule of SCl 2.

Use × to show electrons from the chlorine atoms.


Use ● to show electrons from the sulfur atom.

Cl S Cl

Fig. 2.1
[2]

(ii) Predict the shape of, and bond angle in, a molecule of SCl 2 by using VSEPR theory.

shape ................................................................................................................................

bond angle ........................................................................................................................


[2]

(c) Solid magnesium nitride, Mg3N2, is a crystalline solid.

(i) Deduce the oxidation numbers of magnesium and nitrogen in magnesium nitride to
complete Table 2.1.

Table 2.1

oxidation number in Mg3N2


magnesium
nitrogen
[1]

© UCLES 2024 9701/21/M/J/24


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
5

(ii) Magnesium nitride reacts with an excess of water to produce ammonia and
magnesium hydroxide only. Construct an equation to describe this reaction.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(iii) Explain why the solution produced in the reaction in (c)(ii) has a pH greater than 7. Refer
to the products of the reaction in your answer.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) Boron nitride is a white solid that melts above 2900 °C.

Fig. 2.2 shows part of the lattice structure of a crystal of boron nitride.

boron atom
nitrogen atom

van der Waals’ forces

covalent bond

Fig. 2.2

(i) Use Fig. 2.2 to deduce the empirical formula of boron nitride.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Suggest the identity of another crystalline solid that has atoms arranged in layers similar
to that of solid boron nitride.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 12]

© UCLES 2024 9701/21/M/J/24 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
6

3 (a) Define Le Chatelier’s principle.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................. [2]

(b) Reaction 1 describes the reversible reaction between yellow Fe3+(aq) and colourless
SCN–(aq) to produce red FeSCN2+(aq).

reaction 1 Fe3+(aq) + SCN–(aq) FeSCN2+(aq) ∆H = –x kJ mol–1


yellow colourless red

A mixture of Fe3+(aq), SCN–(aq) and FeSCN2+(aq) is at equilibrium at 20 °C.

The temperature of this mixture is then increased to 50 °C and allowed to reach equilibrium.

Deduce the changes that occur, if any, in the equilibrium mixture at 50 °C compared to the
equilibrium mixture at 20 °C.

• change in appearance

...........................................................................................................................................

• change in relative concentration of FeSCN2+(aq)

...........................................................................................................................................

• change in value of the equilibrium constant, Kc

...........................................................................................................................................
[3]

© UCLES 2024 9701/21/M/J/24


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
7

(c) In another experiment, equimolar amounts of Fe3+(aq) and SCN–(aq) are mixed together and
allowed to reach equilibrium. The total volume of the mixture is 25.0 cm3.

reaction 1 Fe3+(aq) + SCN–(aq) FeSCN2+(aq)

At equilibrium the mixture contains:

• [SCN–] = 1.30 × 10–3 mol dm–3


• [FeSCN2+] = 0.300 × 10–3 mol dm–3.

(i) Calculate the initial amount, in mol, of Fe3+(aq) added to SCN–(aq) to produce this
mixture.

initial amount of Fe3+(aq) = .............................. mol [2]

(ii) Calculate Kc for reaction 1 and state its units.

Show your working.

Kc = ..............................

units ..............................
[2]

[Total: 9]

© UCLES 2024 9701/21/M/J/24 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
8

4 (a) Define enthalpy change of formation.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................. [2]

(b) Iron is made when iron(III) oxide is heated with carbon monoxide, as shown by reaction 2.

reaction 2 Fe2O3 + 3CO 2Fe + 3CO2

Table 4.1 shows enthalpy change of formation data measured at 298 K and 101 kPa.

Table 4.1

substance equation value for ∆H of / kJ mol–1

Fe2O3 –824.2

CO –110.5

CO2 C(s) + O2(g) CO2(g) –393.5

(i) Complete Table 4.1 by adding equations with relevant state symbols to represent:

• standard enthalpy change of formation for Fe2O3


• standard enthalpy change of formation for CO.
[2]

(ii) Use the data in Table 4.1 to calculate the enthalpy change of reaction, ∆Hr , in kJ mol–1,
for reaction 2.

Show your working.

∆Hr = .............................. kJ mol–1 [2]

[Total: 6]

© UCLES 2024 9701/21/M/J/24


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
9

5 Hydrocarbon molecules contain covalent bonds.

(a) Define covalent bond.

...................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) A C=C bond in an alkene is made from a σ bond and a π bond.

(i) Identify the hybridisation of the carbon atoms in a C=C bond in an alkene.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Draw labelled diagrams to show, in terms of orbital overlap, how the σ and π bonds are
made in a C=C bond.

σ bond

π bond

[2]

(c) In electrophilic reactions involving alkenes the π bond of C=C is broken.

(i) Suggest one difference between σ and π bonds that explains why the π bond is broken
in electrophilic addition reactions involving alkenes.

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Complete Fig. 5.1 to show the mechanism for the electrophilic addition of hydrogen
bromide to 2-methylpropene to produce the major organic product.

Include charges, dipoles, lone pairs of electrons and curly arrows, as appropriate.

H CH3

H C C CH3

H Br

Fig. 5.1
[4]

[Total: 9]
© UCLES 2024 9701/21/M/J/24 [Turn over
Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
10

6 (a) V shows stereoisomerism.

V
O
O

Fig. 6.1

(i) Explain what is meant by stereoisomerism.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Deduce the number of stereoisomers of V. Explain your reasoning.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

(iii) Deduce the molecular formula of V.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(iv) Name all the functional groups present in V.

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2024 9701/21/M/J/24


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
11

(b) Fig. 6.2 shows two reactions involving V.

V
O
O

O
reaction 1 reaction 2

+ reagent T + reagent U

W X
OH OH
O O

O O

Fig. 6.2

(i) Identify the role of reagent T for each functional group that reacts in reaction 1.

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Suggest the identity of reagent U in reaction 2.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2024 9701/21/M/J/24 [Turn over


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
12

(c) Both functional groups in one molecule of Y react with an inorganic reagent to form one
molecule of Q and one molecule of methanol, CH3OH, as shown in Fig. 6.3.

Y
O
O
inorganic reagent
Q + CH3OH
O

Fig. 6.3

(i) Part of the mass spectrum for Q is shown in Fig. 6.4. Only peaks with m / e greater than
198 are shown.

relative 100
abundance

198 199 200 201


m/e

Fig. 6.4

Calculate the relative abundance, x, of the peak at m / e = 201.

Show your working.

x = .............................. [2]

(ii) Q contains only hydroxyl functional groups.

Complete Table 6.1 to show the observations that occur when 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine
(2,4-DNPH reagent) is added to separate samples of Y and Q.

Table 6.1

observation on addition of 2,4-DNPH reagent


Y
Q
[1]
© UCLES 2024 9701/21/M/J/24
Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
13

(iii) Under certain conditions, 0.0020 mol of Q reacts with an excess of sodium to produce a
total of 44.8 cm3 of gas at s.t.p.

Calculate the number of hydroxyl groups present in a molecule of Q.

Show your working.

number of hydroxyl groups = .............................. [2]

(iv) Use Table 6.2 to describe and explain two differences between the infrared spectrum of
Y and Q in the region above 1500 cm–1.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

Table 6.2

bond functional groups containing the bond characteristic infrared absorption range
(in wavenumbers) / cm–1
C–O hydroxy, ester 1040–1300
C=C aromatic compound, alkene 1500–1680
C=O amide 1640–1690
carbonyl, carboxyl 1670–1740
ester 1710–1750
C≡N nitrile 2200–2250
C–H alkane 2850–2950
N–H amine, amide 3300–3500
O–H carboxyl 2500–3000
hydroxy 3200–3650

[Total: 14]

© UCLES 2024 9701/21/M/J/24


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
14

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2024 9701/21/M/J/24


Paperland ~ 0761099116
Fahama
15

Important values, constants and standards

molar gas constant R = 8.31 J K–1 mol–1


Faraday constant F = 9.65 × 104 C mol–1
Avogadro constant L = 6.022 × 1023 mol–1
electronic charge e = –1.60 × 10–19 C
molar volume of gas Vm = 22.4 dm3 mol–1 at s.t.p. (101 kPa and 273 K)
Vm = 24.0 dm3 mol–1 at room conditions
ionic product of water Kw = 1.00 × 10–14 mol2 dm–6 (at 298 K (25 °C))
specific heat capacity of water c = 4.18 kJ kg–1 K–1 (4.18 J g–1 K–1)

© UCLES 2024 9701/21/M/J/24


Paperland ~ 0761099116
© UCLES 2024
The Periodic Table of Elements
Group
1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18
1 2

H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1.0 4.0
3 4 atomic number 5 6 7 8 9 10

Li Be atomic symbol B C N O F Ne
lithium beryllium name boron carbon nitrogen oxygen fluorine neon
6.9 9.0 relative atomic mass 10.8 12.0 14.0 16.0 19.0 20.2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar
sodium magnesium aluminium silicon phosphorus sulfur chlorine argon
23.0 24.3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 27.0 28.1 31.0 32.1 35.5 39.9
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.


K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
potassium calcium scandium titanium vanadium chromium manganese iron cobalt nickel copper zinc gallium germanium arsenic selenium bromine krypton
39.1 40.1 45.0 47.9 50.9 52.0 54.9 55.8 58.9 58.7 63.5 65.4 69.7 72.6 74.9 79.0 79.9 83.8
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16

Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
rubidium strontium yttrium zirconium niobium molybdenum technetium ruthenium rhodium palladium silver cadmium indium tin antimony tellurium iodine xenon
85.5 87.6 88.9 91.2 92.9 95.9 – 101.1 102.9 106.4 107.9 112.4 114.8 118.7 121.8 127.6 126.9 131.3

9701/21/M/J/24
Fahama

55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
lanthanoids
Cs Ba Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tl Pb Bi Po At Rn
caesium barium hafnium tantalum tungsten rhenium osmium iridium platinum gold mercury thallium lead bismuth polonium astatine radon
132.9 137.3 178.5 180.9 183.8 186.2 190.2 192.2 195.1 197.0 200.6 204.4 207.2 209.0 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118
actinoids
Fr Ra Rf Db Sg Bh Hs Mt Ds Rg Cn Nh Fl Mc Lv Ts Og
francium radium rutherfordium dubnium seaborgium bohrium hassium meitnerium darmstadtium roentgenium copernicium nihonium flerovium moscovium livermorium tennessine oganesson
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
lanthanoids La Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
lanthanum cerium praseodymium neodymium promethium samarium europium gadolinium terbium dysprosium holmium erbium thulium ytterbium lutetium
138.9 140.1 140.9 144.2 – 150.4 152.0 157.3 158.9 162.5 164.9 167.3 168.9 173.1 175.0
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
actinoids Ac Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
actinium thorium protactinium uranium neptunium plutonium americium curium berkelium californium einsteinium fermium mendelevium nobelium lawrencium
– 232.0 231.0 238.0 – – – – – – – – – – –

Paperland ~ 0761099116
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge

You might also like